10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission file number:  001-12421

	NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
	(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware		87-0565309
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	75 WEST CENTER STREET PROVO UT  84601	(IRS Employer Identification No.)
	(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (801) 345-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of exchange on which registered
Class A common stock, $.001 par value	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes    þ No¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes    ¨    No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ    No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes  þ    No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K(§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  þ	Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer    ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  ¨No þ

Based on the closing sales price of the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $2.0 billion. All executive officers and directors of the Registrant, and all stockholders holding more than 10% of the Registrant’s outstanding voting stock, other than institutional investors, such as registered investment companies, eligible to file beneficial ownership reports on Schedule 13G, have been deemed, solely for the purpose of the foregoing calculation, to be “affiliates” of the Registrant.

As of February 1, 2012, 63,167,909 shares of the Registrant’s Class A common stock, $.001 par value per share, and no shares of the Registrant’s Class B common stock, $.001 par value per share, were outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference. Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year end are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I			-1-
	ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	-1-
		Overview	-2-
		Our Difference Demonstrated	-2-
		Our Product Categories	-3-
		Sourcing and Production	-6-
		Research and Development	-7-
		Intellectual Property	-8-
		Geographic Sales Regions	-8-
		Distribution	-12-
		Our Culture	-15-
		Competition	-16-
		Government Regulation	-16-
		Employees	-21-
		Available Information	-21-
		Executive Officers	-21-
	ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	-23-
	ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	-41-
	ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	-41-
	ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	-42-
	ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	-43-
PART II			-44-
	ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY,  RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	-44-
	ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	-47-
	ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	-48-
	ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT  MARKET RISKS	-69-
	ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	-70-
	ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	-103-
	ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	-103-
	ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	-104-
PART III			-104-
	ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATEGOVERNANCE	-104-
	ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	-104-
	ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	-104-
	ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	-104-
	ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	-104-
PART IV			-104-
	ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	-104-
SIGNATURES			-113-

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, IN PARTICULAR “ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION,” AND “ITEM 1. BUSINESS,” INCLUDE “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE “EXCHANGE ACT”). WHEN USED IN THIS REPORT, THE WORDS OR PHRASES “WILL LIKELY RESULT,” “EXPECT,” “INTEND,” “WILL CONTINUE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS” WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. THESE STATEMENTS REPRESENT OUR EXPECTATIONS OR BELIEFS CONCERNING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, FUTURE REVENUE, EARNINGS, GROWTH STRATEGIES, NEW PRODUCTS AND INITIATIVES, FUTURE OPERATIONS AND OPERATING RESULTS, AND FUTURE BUSINESS AND MARKET OPPORTUNITIES. WE UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY LAW. WE CAUTION AND ADVISE READERS THAT THESE STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS THAT MAY NOT BE REALIZED AND INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE EXPECTATIONS AND BELIEFS CONTAINED HEREIN. FOR A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS, SEE “ITEM 1A – RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 23.

      In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, references to “dollars” and “$” are to United States dollars.

      Nu Skin, Pharmanex and ageLOC are our trademarks.  The italicized product names used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are product names and also, in certain cases, our trademarks.

      To provide some level of comparison between our hybrid China model and our global direct selling model, all references to our “distributors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include our independent distributors and preferred customers, and our sales employees, contractual sales promoters and direct sellers in China. Similarly, all references to “executive distributors” include our independent distributors, and our sales employees and contractual sales promoters in China, who have completed certain qualification requirements.

PART I

ITEM 1.                 BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading, global direct selling company with operations in 52 markets worldwide.  We develop and distribute innovative, premium-quality anti-aging personal care products and nutritional supplements under our Nu Skin and Pharmanex brands, respectively.  We strive to secure competitive advantages in four key areas: our people, our products, the culture we promote, and the business opportunities we offer.  In 2011, we posted record revenue of $1.74 billion.

We operate through a direct selling model with independent distributors in all of our markets except Mainland China, referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as China, where we operate through a hybrid model with a sales force of sales employees, contractual sales promoters and a limited number of direct sellers. As of December 31, 2011, we had more than 850,000 active distributors.  More than 40,000 of our distributors were qualified sales leaders we refer to as “executive distributors.”  Our executive distributors play a critical leadership role in the growth and development of our business.

- 1 -

Approximately 88% of our 2011 revenue came from our markets outside of the United States.  While we have become more geographically diverse over the past decade, Japan, our largest revenue market, accounted for approximately 27% of our 2011 total revenue.  Due to the size of our foreign operations, our results are often impacted by foreign currency fluctuations, particularly fluctuations in the Japanese yen.  In addition, our results are impacted by global economic, political, demographic and business trends and conditions.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations globally, particularly with respect to our product categories as well as our direct selling distribution method, sometimes referred to as “network marketing” or “multi-level marketing.”  Accordingly, we face certain risks, including risks associated with potential improper activities of our distributors or any inability to obtain necessary product registrations.

Our Difference Demonstrated

We strive to maintain a competitive advantage in four key areas: our people, our products, our culture, and our opportunity.

Our people—A global network of more than 850,000 active distributors in 52 countries. We distribute all of our products exclusively through our distributors as opposed to traditional distribution channels such as retail stores or mail order catalogs. Consequently, our most significant asset is our extensive global network of distributors who enable us to introduce products and penetrate new markets with little upfront promotional expense. We believe our competitive sales compensation plan for our distributors has helped us to attract and develop a strong group of distributor leaders who play a critical role in building, motivating and training our extensive distributor network.

Our products—Science-based, proprietary anti-aging skin care and nutritional products. We believe our innovative approach to product development provides us with a competitive advantage in the anti-aging and direct selling markets. Over the last four years, we have successfully introduced a suite of innovative ageLOC anti-aging skin care and nutritional products. We are currently developing additional ageLOC anti-aging products for the future. Our ageLOC products are designed to positively influence the expression of genes that we believe play a critical role in the aging process.  We believe that our in-house research expertise and our research collaborations uniquely position and enable us to continue to introduce innovative proprietary anti-aging products in skin care and nutrition.

Our culture—Improving lives. Our mission statement promotes a humanitarian culture and encourages our people to be a “force for good” by improving lives through our products and business opportunities. We encourage our distributors, customers and employees to become involved in humanitarian efforts, including our Nourish the Children initiative, which provides our distributors the ability to donate meals to malnourished children, and our Force for Good Foundation, which supports charitable causes that benefit children. We believe that people are more attracted and loyal to organizations that focus on more than just financial incentives.

Our opportunity—Global business opportunity. We believe our distributor compensation plan provides our distributors with the incentive to establish a sales organization and customer base in any country where we conduct business. We believe that we were the first major direct selling company to enable sales leaders to develop an international business and receive commissions on global sales volume in their home market. We believe our compensation plan, which pays approximately 42% of our product sales in commissions, is among the most generous compensation plans in the direct selling industry. We believe the high payout of our compensation plan enables sales leaders the opportunity to reach significant income levels and provides us with a competitive advantage in attracting and developing highly capable, motivated sales leaders.

- 2 -

Our Product Categories

We have two primary product categories, each operating under its own brand.  We market our premium-quality personal care products under the Nu Skin brand and our science-based nutritional supplements under the Pharmanex brand.

Presented below are the U.S. dollar amounts and associated revenue percentages from the sale of Nu Skin and Pharmanex products for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011.  This table should be read in conjunction with the information presented in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which discusses the factors impacting revenue trends and the costs associated with generating the aggregate revenue presented.

Revenue by Product Category

(U.S. dollars in millions)(1)

	Year Ended December 31,
Product Category	2009				2010				2011
Nu Skin	$	752.7	56.5	%	$	913.8	59.4	%	$	964.1	55.3	%
Pharmanex		565.6	42.5			612.2	39.8			770.2	44.2
Other(2)		12.8	1.0			11.3	0.8			9.7	0.5
	$	1,331.1	100.0	%	$	1,537.3	100.0	%	$	1,744.0	100.0	%

(1) In 2011, 88% of our sales were transacted in foreign currencies that were then converted to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes at weighted-average exchange rates.  Foreign currency fluctuations positively impacted reported revenue by approximately 6% in 2011 compared to 2010. Foreign currency fluctuations positively impacted reported revenue by approximately 5% in 2010 compared to 2009.

(2) We currently offer a limited number of other products and services, including household products and digital content storage.

Nu Skin.  Nu Skin is the brand of our original product line and offers premium-quality anti-aging personal care products.  Our strategy is to leverage our network marketing distribution model to establish Nu Skin as an innovative leader in the anti-aging personal care market.  We are committed to continuously improving and evolving our product formulations to develop and incorporate innovative and proven ingredients.

Our ageLOC Transformation anti-aging skin care system is designed to target both the signs and the ultimate sources of aging.  Research for our ageLOC platform has identified and targeted what we call Youth Gene Clusters, functional groups of genes that regulate how we appear to age.  We incorporate this research into ageLOC products that have been demonstrated to support and reset Youth Gene Clusters to function in more youthful patterns of activity.  Our ageLOC products provide both corrective and preventative benefits in preserving youth and in reducing the signs of aging. Our ageLOC Transformation anti-aging skin care system has generated over $410 million since we introduced it in October 2009, and accounted for approximately 9% of our total revenue and 17% of Nu Skin revenue in 2011.

Another innovative product that positively impacted our revenue growth over the past several years is the ageLOC Galvanic Spa System. The ageLOC Galvanic Spa instrument emits a very mild electrical current. When the ageLOC Galvanic Spa System is used to apply products that carry either positively or negatively charged active ingredients, product efficacy improves dramatically. The ageLOC Galvanic Spa System is an ideal direct selling product because our distributors can demonstrate its benefits to potential customers and distributors.

- 3 -

In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa, ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion, designed to be used together to diminish the appearance of fat and cellulite to provide a slimmer, more toned appearance on the arms, abdomen, buttocks and thighs. Limited offerings of our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products generated over $18 million of sales in the fourth quarter of 2011. We currently plan to launch these products globally, except in Taiwan, throughout 2012 and 2013. Our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems, ageLOC Galvanic Spa Gels, and associated products accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenue and 20% of Nu Skin revenue in 2011.

The following table summarizes our Nu Skin product line by category:

Category	Description	Selected Products
Core Systems	Our core systems provide a solid foundation for individual skin care needs, regardless of skin type.  Our core systems target specific skin concerns and are made from ingredients scientifically proven to provide visible results for concerns ranging from aging to acne.	ageLOC Transformation Skin Care System Nu Skin 180º Anti-Aging Skin Therapy System Nu Skin Tri-Phasic White Nutricentials Nu Skin Clear Action Acne Medication System
Targeted Treatments	Our customized skin care line allows customer tailored product regimens that help deliver younger looking skin at any age.  The products are developed using cutting-edge ingredient technologies that target specific skin care needs.	ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II Galvanic Spa Gels with ageLOC ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion Tru Face Essence Ultra Tru Face Line Corrector Enhancer Skin Conditioning Gel Celltrex Ultra Recovery Fluid Celltrex CoQ10 Complete NAPCA Moisturizer Polishing Peel Skin Refinisher
Total Care	Our total care line addresses body, hair and oral care.  The total care line can be used by families and the products are designed to deliver superior benefits from head to toe for the ultimate sense of total body wellness.	Body Bar Liquid Body Lufra Perennial Intense Body Moisturizer Dividends Men’s Care AP-24 Dental Care Nu Skin Renu Hair Mask
Cosmetic	Our Nu Colour cosmetic line products are targeted to define and highlight natural beauty.	Tinted Moisturizer SPF 15 Finishing Powder Contouring Lip Gloss Defining Effects Mascara
Epoch	Our Epoch line is distinguished by utilizing traditional knowledge of indigenous cultures for skin care.  Each Epoch product is formulated with botanical ingredients derived from renewable resources found in nature.  In addition, we contribute a percentage of our proceeds from Epoch sales to charitable causes.	Baobab Body Butter Sole Solution Foot Treatment Calming Touch Soothing Skin Cream Glacial Marine Mud IceDancer Invigorating Leg Gel Everglide Foaming Shave Gel Ava puhi moni Shampoo Epoch Baby Hibiscus Hair & Body Wash

- 4 -

Pharmanex.We market a variety of products under our Pharmanex brand. Direct selling has proven to be an extremely effective method of marketing our high-quality supplements because our distributors can personally educate consumers on the quality and benefits of our products, differentiating them from our competitors’ offerings.

LifePak, our line of micronutrient supplements, is our largest nutritional line in terms of revenue, representing 15% of our total revenue and 35% of Pharmanex revenue in 2011. In 2011, in Japan, the United States, Canada, Mexico and nearly all of our markets in Europe and the Pacific, we launched our first ageLOC anti-aging nutritional supplement, ageLOC Vitality, designed to address the internal sources of aging. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system, designed to renew and recharge the body. Limited offerings of ageLOC R2 generated over $78 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. We currently plan to launch ageLOC R2 globally, with the exception of the Americas and a few of our markets in Europe, throughout 2012 and 2013.

Our strategy for our supplement business is to continue to introduce innovative, substantiated anti-aging products based on extensive research and development and quality manufacturing. We are currently developing additional ageLOC anti-aging supplements, including two new products that we currently plan to introduce at our global convention in the fourth quarter of 2013.

- 5 -

The following table summarizes our Pharmanex product line by category:

Category	Description	Selected Products
Nutritional	Our nutritional supplements supply a broad spectrum of micronutrients needed as a foundation for a lifetime of optimal health.	ageLOC Vitality ageLOC R2
Anti-aging	Our anti-aging products are designed to reset genetic expression, which changes with age, to a more youthful level.	LifePak family of products g3 juice
Solutions	Our solutions supplements contain standardized levels of botanical and other active ingredients that are formulated to meet the demands of everyday life.	Tegreen 97 ReishiMax GLp MarineOmega Cholestin CordyMax Cs-4 Cortitrol Detox Formula Eye Formula
Weight Management	Our weight management products include supplements as well as meal replacement shakes.	The Right Approach (TRA) weight management system MyVictory! weight management program
VitaMeal	Our VitaMeal is a highly nutritious meal that can be purchased and donated through our Nourish the Children initiative to feed malnourished children or purchased for personal food storage.	VitaMeal

Sourcing and Production

Nu Skin.  In order to maintain high product quality, we acquire our ingredients and contract production of nearly all our proprietary products from suppliers and manufacturers that we believe are reliable, reputable and deliver high quality materials and service. We also manufacture a limited number of our products. We procure our ageLOC Galvanic Spa systems, including the ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II and ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa, from a single vendor who owns certain patent rights associated with such products. We maintain a good relationship with this supplier and do not anticipate that either party will terminate this relationship in the near term. However, to continue offering this product category following any termination of our relationship with this vendor, we would need to develop and manufacture new galvanic units and source them from another supplier. We also acquire ingredients and products from one other supplier that currently manufactures products representing approximately 26% of our Nu Skin personal care purchases in 2011. We maintain a good relationship with this supplier and do not anticipate that either party will terminate this relationship in the near term. We also have ongoing relationships with secondary and tertiary suppliers. Please refer to “Risk Factors—The loss of suppliers or shortages in ingredients could harm our business” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties associated with our supplier relationships and with the sourcing of raw materials and ingredients.

- 6 -

Since 2001, we have operated a production facility in Shanghai, China, where we currently manufacture our personal care products sold in China, as well as a small portion of product exported to select other markets. We believe that if the need arose, this plant could be expanded or other facilities could be built in China to produce larger amounts of inventory for export or as a back up to our existing supply chain.

Pharmanex.  Substantially all of our Pharmanex nutritional supplements and ingredients, including LifePak, are produced or provided by third-party suppliers and manufacturers.  The majority of our Pharmanex products are supplied by two vendors, representing approximately 43% and 14% of our 2011 nutritional supplement purchases, respectively. In the event we become unable to source any products or ingredients from these suppliers or from our other current vendors, we believe that we would be able to produce or replace those products or substitute ingredients without great difficulty or significant increases to our cost of goods sold.  Please refer to “Risk Factors—The loss of suppliers or shortages in ingredients could harm our business” for a discussion of certain risks and uncertainties associated with our supplier relationships, as well as with the sourcing of raw materials and ingredients.

Since 2004, we have operated a facility in Zhejiang Province, China, where we produce some of our Pharmanex nutritional supplements for sale in China and herbal extracts used to produce Tegreen 97, ReishiMax GLp and other products sold globally.

Research and Development

We continually invest in our research and development capabilities.  Our research and development expenditures were $10.4 million, $12.4 million and $13.6 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. These amounts do not include salary and overhead expenses for our internal research and development activities.  Because of our commitment to product innovation, we plan to continue to commit resources to research and development in the future.

The Nu Skin Center for Anti-Aging Research, our primary research and testing laboratory located adjacent to our office complex in Provo, Utah, houses both Pharmanex and Nu Skin research facilities and professional and technical personnel. We also conduct some of our Pharmanex research at our facilities in China, where we benefit from a well-educated, low-cost, scientific labor pool that enables us to conduct research at a much lower cost than would be possible in the United States. We are currently building innovation centers at our corporate headquarters in Provo, Utah and our Greater China regional headquarters in Shanghai, which will include anti-aging research and development laboratories.

In December 2011, we acquired substantially all of the assets of LifeGen Technologies, LLC (“LifeGen”), a genomics company based in Madison, Wisconsin, for approximately $11.7 million in cash.  With this transaction, we obtained LifeGen’s proprietary tissue bank and gene expression database, patents and other intellectual property related to anti-aging gene research. We also initiated new research and development contracts, consulting and non-competition agreements with LifeGen’s founders.

We also have joint research projects with numerous independent scientists, including a scientific advisory board comprised of recognized authorities in disciplines related to our nutritional and personal care product categories. We also fund and collaborate on basic research projects with researchers from prominent universities, including Stanford University and Harvard University, and other research institutions in the United States and Asia, whose staffs include scientists with basic research expertise in natural product chemistry, biochemistry, dermatology, pharmacology and clinical studies.

- 7 -

In addition, we evaluate a significant number of product ideas for our Nu Skin and Pharmanex categories presented by outside sources.  We utilize strategic licensing and other relationships with vendors for access to directed research and development work for innovative and proprietary offerings.

Intellectual Property

Our major trademarks are registered in the United States and in each country where we operate or have plans to operate, and we consider trademark protection to be very important to our business.  Our major trademarks include Nu Skin®, our fountain logos, Pharmanex®, ageLOC®, LifePak® and Galvanic Spa®.  In addition, a number of our products, including the ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II, ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner, are based on proprietary technologies, some of which are patented or licensed from third parties.  We also rely on trade secret protection to protect our proprietary formulas and other proprietary information.

Geographic Sales Regions

We currently sell and distribute our products in 52 markets.  We have divided our markets into five geographic regions:  North Asia, Greater China, Americas, South Asia/Pacific and Europe.  The following table sets forth the revenue for each of the geographic regions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011:

	Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in millions)	2009				2010				2011
North Asia	$	606.1	45	%	$	686.1	45	%	$	751.2	43	%
Greater China		210.4	16			268.2	17			341.9	20
Americas		260.9	20			250.0	16			252.0	14
South Asia/Pacific		120.1	9			182.8	12			236.2	14
Europe		133.6	10			150.2	10			162.7	9
	$	1,331.1	100	%	$	1,537.3	100	%	$	1,744.0	100	%

Additional comparative revenue and related financial information is presented in the tables captioned “Segment Information” in Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.  The information from these tables is incorporated by reference in this Report.

Set forth below is information regarding the key markets in our geographic regions including information about the introduction and launch of key new products. We generally introduce a new product, in all markets where the product is registered, through limited offerings in connection with global and regional distributor events. The limited offerings typically generate significant distributor activity and a high level of distributor purchasing. This generally results in a higher than normal increase in revenue during the quarter of the limited offerings. For example, limited offerings of ageLOC R2 in connection with our global convention in October 2011 generated over $78 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. We typically launch a product for general sales a few months following the limited offerings. Information regarding product launches below refers to the launch of the product for general sales and not to the limited offering used to introduce the product. Reference to introduction of a product refers to the limited offering.

- 8 -

North Asia.  The following table provides information on each of the markets in the North Asia region, including the year we commenced operations in the market, 2011 revenue, and the percentage of our total 2011 revenue for each market:

(U.S. dollars in millions)	Year Opened	2011 Revenue		Percentage of 2011 Revenue
Japan	1993	$	472.5	27%
South Korea	1996	$	278.7	16%

Japan is our largest market and accounted for approximately 27% of total revenue in 2011. We market most of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products in Japan.  In addition, both product categories offer a limited number of locally developed products sold exclusively in our Japanese market. In the first quarter of 2011, following a successful introduction in late 2010, we launched our ageLOC Vitality. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion. We launched ageLOC R2 in Japan in January 2012, and currently plan to launch our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the second half of 2012.

The direct selling environment in Japan continues to be difficult as the industry has been on the decline for several years and regulatory and media scrutiny have increased.  Please refer to “Business – Government Regulation” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties associated with challenges in the Japan market.

In South Korea, we offer most of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products. In the first half of 2011, we launched our ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II and restaged our TRA weight management products in South Korea. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system.  We currently plan to launch our ageLOC R2 in South Korea in the first half of 2012, and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the first quarter of 2013.

Greater China.  The following table provides information on each of the markets in the Greater China region, including the year we commenced operations in the market, 2011 revenue, and the percentage of our total 2011 revenue for each market:

(U.S. dollars in millions)	Year Opened	2011 Revenue		Percentage of 2011 Revenue
China	2003	$	152.5	9%
Taiwan	1992	$	108.9	6%
Hong Kong	1991	$	80.5	5%

In China, we sell many of our Nu Skin products and a locally produced value line of personal care products under the Scion brand name.  We also sell a select number of Pharmanex products, including our number one nutritional product, LifePak. In Hong Kong and Taiwan, we offer a majority of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products and limited other products and services, although our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems are not approved for sale in Taiwan.  In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion. We currently plan to introduce our ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products through a second limited offer in connection with the Greater China regional convention in the second quarter of 2012. We currently plan to launch our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products in China and Hong Kong, and our ageLOC R2 throughout the region in 2013.

- 9 -

 Our Hong Kong and Taiwan markets operate under our global direct selling business model and global compensation plan. However, we currently are unable to operate under our global direct selling business model in China as a result of regulatory restrictions on direct selling activities in this market. Consequently, we have developed a hybrid business model that utilizes retail stores with an employed sales force and contractual sales promoters to sell products through fixed locations, which we supplement with a direct sales opportunity in those locations where we have obtained a direct sales license. We continue to operate this hybrid model because we believe it provides us with more flexibility in the manner in which we can operate throughout China and compensate our contractual sales promoters and employed sales representatives given the restrictions in the direct selling regulations. We rely on our sales force to market and sell products at the various retail locations supported by only minimal advertising and traditional promotional efforts. Our sales force may also refer individuals to join our sales force as sales employees, contractual sales promoters or direct sellers. Our retail model in China is largely based upon our ability to attract customers to our retail stores through our sales force, to educate them about our products through frequent training meetings, and to obtain repeat purchases. We also continue to implement a direct sales opportunity that allows us to engage independent direct sellers who can sell products away from our retail stores. We have received licenses and approvals to engage in direct selling activities in various locations in China, including major cities or districts in ten provinces and three municipalities. We continue to work to obtain the necessary approvals in other locations in China. The direct selling licenses allow us to engage an entry-level, non-employee sales force that can sell products away from fixed retail locations. Our current direct sales model is structured in a manner that we believe complements our existing retail sales model.

Americas.  The following table provides information on each of the markets in the Americas region, including the year we commenced operations in the region, 2011 revenue, and the percentage of our total 2011 revenue for each market:

(U.S. dollars in millions)	Year Opened	2011 Revenue		Percentage of 2011 Revenue
Americas Region (1)	1984	$	252.0	14%

(1)   Americas region includes United States, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico and Venezuela.  

 Substantially all of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products are available for sale in the Americas region.  In the first quarter of 2011, following a successful introduction in late 2010, we launched our ageLOC Vitality in the United States, Canada and Mexico. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion. We launched our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the United States and Canada in January 2012, and currently plan to launch these products in the majority of our markets in the region in 2012.

- 10 -

South Asia/Pacific.  The following table provides information on our South Asia/Pacific region, including the year we commenced operations in the region, 2011 revenue, and the percentage of our total 2011 revenue:

(U.S. dollars in millions)	Year Opened	2011 Revenue		Percentage of 2011 Revenue
South Asia/Pacific Region	1993	$	236.2	14%

(1) South Asia/Pacific region includes Australia, Brunei, French Polynesia, Indonesia, Malaysia, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand.

The South Asia/Pacific region was our fastest growing region in 2011, with a 39% increase in local currency revenue. We offer a majority of our Pharmanex and Nu Skin products in the South Asia/Pacific region. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion. In January 2012, we launched our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products in the Pacific. We currently plan to launch our ageLOC R2 and ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products throughout the region in 2012. Our TRA weight management products also continue to contribute to our strong growth in this region.

Europe.  The following table provides information on our Europe region, including the year we commenced operations in the region, 2011 revenue, and the percentage of our total 2011 revenue:

(U.S. dollars in millions)	Year Opened	2011 Revenue		Percentage of 2011 Revenue
Europe Region(1)	1995	$	162.7	9%

(1) Europe region includes Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Slovakia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraineand the United Kingdom.

We offer a majority of our Pharmanex and Nu Skin products in the Europe region. In 2011, following a successful introduction in late 2010, we launched our ageLOCVitality in the majority of our markets in the region. We introduced our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion in Europe in the first quarter of 2012, and currently plan to launch these products during the second quarter of 2012. We currently plan to introduce our ageLOC R2 in the majority of our markets in the region in the fourth quarter of 2012, followed by a second quarter 2013 launch.

- 11 -

Distribution

 Overview. The foundation of our sales philosophy and distribution system is network marketing.  We sell our products through a direct selling model with independent distributors in all of our markets except China, where we operate through a hybrid model with a sales force of sales employees, contractual sales promoters and a limited number of direct sellers. To provide some level of comparison between our hybrid China model and our global direct selling model, all references to our “distributors” include our independent distributors and preferred customers, and our sales employees, contractual sales promoters and direct sellers in China. Similarly, all references to “executive distributors” include our independent distributors, and our sales employees and contractual sales promoters in China, who have completed certain qualification requirements. Our distributors generally purchase products from us for resale to consumers and for personal consumption.  We also sell products directly to preferred customers at discounted monthly subscription prices.

We believe network marketing is an effective vehicle to distribute our products because:

• distributors can educate consumers about our products in person, which we believe is more effective for premium-quality, differentiated products than using traditional advertising;

• direct sales allow for actual product demonstrations and testing by potential customers;

• there is greater opportunity for distributor and customer testimonials; and

• as compared to other distribution methods, our distributors can provide customers higher levels of service and encourage repeat purchases.

“Active distributors” under our global compensation plan are defined as those distributors who have purchased products for resale or personal consumption during the previous three months.  In addition, we have implemented “preferred customer” programs in many of our markets, which allow customers to purchase products directly from us, generally on a recurring monthly product subscription basis.  We include preferred customers who have purchased products during the previous three months in our “active distributor” numbers.  While preferred customers are legally very different from distributors, both are considered customers of our products.

“Executive distributors” under our global compensation plan must achieve and maintain specified personal and group sales volumes each month.  Once an individual becomes an executive distributor, he or she can begin to take advantage of the benefits of commission payments on personal and group sales volume.  Our sales employees and contractual sales promoters in China, which are included in references to “executive distributors” have a monthly volume commitment that is about 50% of the dollar amount of an executive-level distributor’s monthly volume commitment under our global compensation plan.

- 12 -

Our revenue is highly dependent upon the number and productivity of our distributors.  Growth in sales volume requires an increase in the productivity and/or growth in the total number of distributors.  As of December 31, 2011, we had aglobal network of more than 850,000 active distributors.  More than 40,000 of our distributors were executive distributors. As of each of the dates indicated below, we had the following number of active and executive distributors in the referenced regions:

Total Number of Active and Executive Distributors by Region

	As of  December 31, 2009		As of December 31, 2010		As of December 31, 2011
	Active	Executive	Active	Executive	Active	Executive
North Asia	319,000	14,144	329,000	14,687	338,000	15,293
Greater China	106,000	6,938	118,000	8,015	143,000	11,808
Americas	171,000	5,522	161,000	5,305	166,000	5,356
South Asia/Pacific	71,000	2,950	84,000	3,930	99,000	5,619
Europe	94,000	3,385	107,000	3,739	109,000	3,740
Total	761,000	32,939	799,000	35,676	855,000	41,816

Sponsoring.  We rely on our distributors to recruit and sponsor new distributors of our products.  While we provide internet support, product samples, brochures, magazines, and other sales and marketing materials at cost, distributors are primarily responsible for recruiting and educating new distributors with respect to products, our global compensation plan, and how to build a successful distributorship.

The sponsoring of new distributors creates multiple levels in a network marketing structure.  Individuals that a distributor sponsors are referred to as “downline” or “sponsored” distributors.  If downline distributors also sponsor new distributors, they create additional levels in the structure, but their downline distributors remain in the same downline network as their original sponsoring distributor.

Sponsoring activities are not required of distributors and we do not pay any commissions for sponsoring new distributors.  However, because of the financial incentives provided to those who succeed in building and mentoring a distributor network that resells and consumes products, many of our distributors attempt, with varying degrees of effort and success, to sponsor additional distributors.  People often become distributors after using our products as regular customers.  Once a person becomes a distributor, he or she is able to purchase products directly from us at wholesale prices.  The distributor is also entitled to sponsor other distributors in order to build a network of distributors and product users.  A potential distributor must enter into a standard distributor agreement, which among other things, obligates the distributor to abide by our policies and procedures.

Global Compensation Plan.  One of our competitive advantages is our global sales compensation plan.  Under our global compensation plan, a distributor is paid consolidated monthly commissions in the distributor’s home country, in local currency, for the distributor’s own product sales and for product sales in that distributor’s downline distributor network across all geographic markets.

Commissions on the sale of an individual Nu Skin or Pharmanex product can exceed 50% of the wholesale price, except in a limited number of markets where commissions are limited by law.The actual commission payout percentage, however, varies depending on the number of distributors at each payout level within our global compensation plan.  Historically, our distributor compensation plan has paid out to distributors approximately 42% of commissionable sales.We believe that our commission payout as a percentage of total sales is among the most generous paid by major direct selling companies.

- 13 -

From time to time, we make modifications and enhancements to our global compensation plan to help motivate distributors.  We continue to evaluate further changes to our compensation plan to help increase distributor productivity and earnings potential.  In addition, we evaluate a limited number of distributor requests on a monthly basis for exceptions to the terms and conditions of the global compensation plan, including volume requirements.  While our general policy is to discourage exceptions, we believe that the flexibility to grant exceptions is critical in retaining distributor loyalty and dedication and we make exceptions in limited cases as necessary.

Because of restrictions on direct selling in China, our sales employees and contractual sales promoters there do not participate in the global compensation plan, but are instead compensated according to a compensation model established for that market.

High Level of Distributor Incentives.  Based upon management’s knowledge of our competitors’ distributor compensation plans, we believe our global compensation plan is among the most financially rewarding plans offered by leading direct selling companies. There are two fundamental ways in which our distributors can earn money:

•  through retail markups on sales of products purchased by distributors at wholesale; and

•  through a series of commissions on product sales.

Each of our products carries a specified number of sales volume points.  Commissions are based on total personal and group sales volume points per month.  Sales volume points are generally based upon a product’s wholesale cost, net of any point-of-sale taxes.  As a distributor’s business expands to successfully sponsoring other distributors into the business, who in turn expand their own businesses, a distributor receives a higher percentage of commissions.  An executive’s commissions can increase substantially as multiple downline distributors achieve executive status.  In determining commissions, the number of levels of downline distributors included in an executive’s commissionable group increases as the number of executive distributorships directly below the executive increases.

Distributor Support.  We are committed to providing high-level support services tailored to the needs of our distributors in each market.  We attempt to meet the needs and build the loyalty of distributors by providing personalized distributor services and by maintaining a generous product return policy.  Because the majority of our distributors are part time and have only a limited number of hours each week to concentrate on their business, we believe that maximizing a distributor’s efforts by providing effective distributor support has been, and will continue to be, important to our success.

Through training meetings, distributor conventions, web-based messages, distributor focus groups, regular telephone conference calls, and other personal contacts with distributors, we seek to understand and satisfy the needs of our distributors.  We provide walk-in, telephonic, and web-based product fulfillment and tracking services that result in user-friendly, timely product distribution.  Several of our walk-in retail centers maintain meeting rooms, which our distributors may utilize for training and sponsoring activities.  Because of our efficient distribution system, we believe that most of our distributors do not maintain a significant inventory of our products.

Payments.  Distributors generally pay for products prior to shipment.  Accordingly, we carry minimal accounts receivable from distributors.  Distributors typically pay for products in cash, by wire transfer or by credit card.

Product Returns.  In order to provide a high level of consumer-protection, we offer a generous return policy. While our operations and applicable regulations vary somewhat from country to country, we generally follow a uniform procedure for product returns. For 30 days from the date of purchase, our product return policy generally allows a retail customer to return any Nu Skin or Pharmanex product to us directly, if the product was purchased directly from us, or to the distributor from whom the product was purchased for a full refund. After 30 days from the date of purchase, the end user’s return privilege is at the discretion of the distributor. Our distributors can generally return unused products directly to us for a 90% refund for one year. Actual product returns have historically been less than 5% of annual revenue.

- 14 -

Rules Affecting Distributors.  We regularly monitor regulations and have adopted distributor policies and procedures to assist our distributors in their efforts to comply with local laws.  Our distributor policies and procedures establish the rules that distributors must follow in each market.  These distributor policies and procedures also help to maintain a level playing field for our distributors, so that some are not disadvantaged by the activities of others.  We require our distributors to present products and business opportunities ethically and professionally.  Distributors further agree that their presentations to customers must be consistent with, and limited to, the product claims and representations made in our literature.

Distributors are required to make monthly retail sales to qualify for commissions, which requires substantial personal sales efforts. Our distributor policies and procedures also provide rules regarding sales aids used by distributors to assist our distributors in their efforts to comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Products may be promoted only by personal contact or by literature that we produce or approve. Distributors may not use any form of media advertising to promote products.  Distributors are allowed to communicate limited information about the company and their involvement as a distributor through social media. In addition, a limited number of distributors who have achieved certain criteria may also have an internet site to promote our products and business opportunity.

Our products may not be sold, and our business opportunities may not be promoted, in traditional retail environments.  We have made an exception to this rule by allowing some of our Pharmanex products to be sold in independently owned pharmacies and drug stores meeting specified requirements.  Distributors who own or are employed by a service-related business, such as a doctor’s office, hair salon or health club, may make products available to regular customers as long as products are not displayed visibly to the general public in a manner to attract the general public into the establishment to purchase products.

In order to qualify for commission bonuses, our distributors generally must satisfy specific requirements including achieving at least 100 points, which is approximately $100 in personal sales volume per month.  In addition, individual markets may have requirements specific to that country based on regulatory factors.  For example, in the United States, distributors must also:

•   make retail sales or customer connections to established numbers of retail customers; and

•   sell and/or consume at least 80% of personal sales volume.

We systematically review reports of alleged distributor misbehavior.  If we determine one of our distributors has violated any of our policies or procedures, we may terminate the distributor’s rights completely.  Alternatively, we may impose sanctions, such as warnings, probation, withdrawal or denial of an award, suspension of privileges of a distributorship, fines and/or withholding of commissions until specified conditions are satisfied, or other appropriate injunctive relief.

Our Culture

From our inception more than 27 years ago, Nu Skin Enterprises' mission has been to improve people's lives—through our innovative products and rewarding business opportunities and by promoting an uplifting and enriching culture. Our mission statement encourages people to be a “force for good” in the world around them. Our culture unites our distributors, customers and employees in innovative humanitarian efforts, the most significant of which are the Nourish the Children initiative that provides our distributors the ability to purchase and donate meals to malnourished children, and the Nu Skin Force for Good Foundation that supports charitable causes that benefit children. In short, we believe that people are attracted to organizations that focus on more than just financial incentives. We encourage our distributors and our employees to live each day with an understanding that together we have the opportunity to make the world a better place.

- 15 -

Nourish the Children.  In 2002, we introduced an innovative humanitarian initiative, Nourish the Children, which applies the power of our distribution network to help address the problem of hunger and malnutrition.  We sell a highly nutritious meal replacement product under the brand, “VitaMeal,” and encourage our distributors, customers and employees to purchase VitaMeal and donate their purchase to charitable organizations that specialize in distributing food to alleviate famine and poverty.  Distributors earn commissions on sales of VitaMeal to distributors in their downline and their customers. For every eight packages of VitaMeal purchased and donated, we donate an additional package.  Since 2002, our distributors, customers and employees have donated more than 250 million meals to malnourished children in various locations throughout the world.

The Nu Skin Force for Good Foundation.  Since its inception in 1996, the Nu Skin Force for Good Foundation has donated  more than $42 million to life-changing projects that benefit children in more than 50 countries. The mission of the non-profit organization is to improve the lives of children by offering hope for a life free from disease, illiteracy and poverty. The Foundation is funded from donations of 25 cents from the sale of each product in Nu Skin’s Epoch ethnobotanical product line, as well as generous donations from distributors, employees and other supporters. Projects supported by us, the Force for Good Foundation and the Nu Skin family of employees and distributors include helping to provide crucial heart surgeries for children in Southeast Asia and China, supporting schools and libraries for children in need and providing training for farmers and their families in Malawi to grow more crops and become more self-reliant.

Competition

Direct Selling Companies.  We compete with other direct selling organizations, some of which have a longer operating history and higher visibility, name recognition and financial resources than we do.  The leading direct selling companies in our existing markets are Herbalife, Mary Kay, Oriflame, Melaleuca, Avon, Forever Living and Amway.  We compete for new distributors based on the strength of our multiple business opportunities, product offerings, global compensation plan, management, and our international operations.  In order to successfully compete in this market and attract and retain distributors, we must maintain the attractiveness of our business opportunities to our distributors.

Nu Skin and Pharmanex Products.  The markets for our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products are highly competitive.  Our competitors include manufacturers and marketers of personal care and nutritional products, pharmaceutical companies and other direct selling organizations, many of which have longer operating histories and greater name recognition and financial resources than we do.  We compete in these markets by emphasizing the innovation, value and premium quality of our products and the convenience of our distribution system.

Government Regulation

Direct Selling Activities.  Direct selling activities are regulated by various federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States and foreign countries.  Laws and regulations in Japan, South Korea and China are particularly restrictive.  These laws and regulations are generally intended to prevent fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” schemes, that compensate participants for recruiting additional participants irrespective of product sales, use high-pressure recruiting methods and/or do not involve legitimate products.  The laws and regulations in our current markets often:

- 16 -

• impose cancellation/product return, inventory buy-backs and cooling-off rights for consumers and distributors;

•  require us or our distributors to register with governmental agencies;

•  impose caps on the amount of commission we can pay;

• impose reporting requirements; and

• impose upon us requirements, such as requiring distributors to maintain levels of retail sales to qualify to receive commissions, to ensure that distributors are being compensated for sales of products and not for recruiting new distributors.

The laws and regulations governing direct selling are modified from time to time, and, like other direct selling companies, we are subject from time to time to government investigations in our various markets related to our direct selling activities.  This can require us to make changes to our business model and aspects of our global compensation plan in the markets impacted by such changes and investigations.

We continue to experience heightened regulatory and media scrutiny of the direct selling industry in Japan.  Several direct sellers in Japan have been penalized for actions of distributors that violated applicable regulations, including one prominent international direct selling company that was suspended from sponsoring activities for three months in 2008, and another large Japanese direct selling company that was suspended from sponsoring activities for six months in 2009. In addition, some Japanese lawmakers have experienced increased political pressure to discontinue supporting the direct selling industry. In 2009, Japan implemented a national organization of consumer protection centers, which appears to have resulted in a further increase in the scrutiny of our business and industry.

We also continue to experience a high level of general inquiries regarding our business and complaints to consumer protection centers in Japan and have taken steps to try to resolve these issues including providing additional training to distributors, and restructuring our compliance group in Japan. We have seen improvements in some prefectures, but not in others. We have received warnings from consumer centers in certain prefectures raising concerns about our distributor training and number of general inquiries and complaints.  Although we are implementing additional steps to reinforce our distributor education and training in Japan to help address these concerns, we cannot be sure that such steps will be successful.Please refer to “Risk Factors” for more information on the regulatory risks associated with our business in Japan.

As a result of restrictions in China on direct selling activities, we have implemented a retail store model utilizing an employed sales force and contractual sales promoters, and we are currently integrating direct selling in our business model in this market pursuant to applicable direct selling regulations. The regulatory environment in China remains complex.  China’s direct selling and anti-pyramiding regulations are restrictive and contain various limitations, including a restriction on the ability to pay multi-level compensation. Our operations in China have attracted significant regulatory and media scrutiny since we expanded our operations there in January 2003. Regulations are subject to discretionary interpretation by municipal and provincial level regulators as well as local customs and practices. Interpretations of what constitutes permissible activities by regulators can vary from province to province and can change from time to time because of the lack of clarity in the rules regarding direct selling activities and differences in customs and practices in each location.  Please refer to “Risk Factors” for more information on the regulatory risks associated with our business in China.

- 17 -

The regulatory environment with respect to direct selling in China remains fluid and the process for obtaining the necessary governmental approvals to conduct direct selling continues to evolve.  The regulations and processes in some circumstances have been interpreted differently by different governmental authorities.   In order to expand our direct selling model into additional provinces we currently must obtain a series of approvals from the Departments of Commerce in such provinces, the Shanghai Department of Commerce (our supervisory authority), as well as the Departments of Commerce in each city and district in which we plan to operate.  We also are required to obtain the approval of the State Ministry of Commerce, which is the national governmental authority overseeing direct selling.  In addition, regulators are acting cautiously as they monitor the roll-out of direct selling, which has made the approval process take longer than we anticipated. Please refer to “Risk Factors” for more information on the risks associated with our planned expansion of direct selling in China.

Regulation of Our Products.  Our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products and related promotional and marketing activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation by numerous domestic and foreign governmental agencies and authorities, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Agriculture, State Attorneys General and other state regulatory agencies in the United States, and the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare in Japan and similar government agencies in each market in which we operate.

Our personal care products are subject to various laws and regulations that regulate cosmetic and personal products and set forth regulations for determining whether a product can be marketed as a “cosmetic” or requires further approval as an over-the-counter drug. In the United States, regulation of cosmetics are under the jurisdiction of the FDA.  The Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act defines cosmetics by their intended use, as “articles intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, introduced into, or otherwise applied to the human body . . . for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance.”  Among the products included in this definition are skin moisturizers, perfumes, lipsticks, fingernail polishes, eye and facial makeup preparations, shampoos, permanent waves, hair colors, toothpastes and deodorants, as well as any material intended for use as a component of a cosmetic product.  Conversely, a product will not be considered a cosmetic, but may be considered a drug if it is intended for use in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or is intended to affect the structure or any function of the body. A product’s intended use can be inferred from marketing or product claims and regulators may consider the marketing claims of our independent distributors.  The other markets in which we operate have similar regulations.  In Japan, the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare regulates the sale and distribution of cosmetics and requires us to have an import business license and to register each personal care product imported into Japan.  In Taiwan, all “medicated” cosmetic products require registration.  In China, personal care products are placed into one of two categories, “general” and “drug.”  Products in both categories require submission of formulas and other information with the health authorities, and drug products require human clinical studies.  The product registration process in China is unpredictable and can take from nine to 18 months or in some cases substantially longer.  In some cases, registration has taken several years to complete. Such regulations in any given market can limit our ability to import products and can delay product launches as we go through the registration and approval process for those products.  The sale of cosmetic products is regulated in the European Union (the “EU”) under the EU Cosmetics Directive, which requires a uniform application for foreign companies making personal care product sales.

- 18 -

Our Pharmanex dietary supplement products are subject to various regulations promulgated by government agencies in the markets in which we operate.  In the United States, we generally market our nutritional products as conventional foods or dietary supplements.  The FDA has jurisdiction over this regulatory area.  Because these products are regulated under the Dietary Supplement and Health Education Act, we are generally not required to obtain regulatory approval prior to introducing a product into the United States market.  None of this infringes, however, upon the FDA’s power to remove from the market any product it determines to be unsafe or an unapproved drug.  The FDA may also deem a dietary supplement an unapproved drug where the marketing claims made in connection with the sale or promotion of the product places it in the drug category.  In our foreign markets, the products are generally regulated by similar government agencies, such as the Japan Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare, the South Korea Food and Drug Administration, and the Taiwan Department of Health. We typically market our Pharmanex products in international markets as foods or health foods under applicable regulatory regimes.  In the event a product, or an ingredient in a product, is classified as a drug or pharmaceutical product in any market, we will generally not be able to distribute that product in that market through our distribution channel because of pre-market approvals and strict regulations applicable to drug and pharmaceutical products.  China has some of the most restrictive nutritional supplement product regulations. Products marketed as “health foods” are subject to extensive laboratory and clinical analysis by governmental authorities, and the product registration process in China is unpredictable and can take from nine to 18 months or in some cases substantially longer.  We market both “health foods” and “general foods” in China.  Our flagship product, LifePak, is currently marketed as a general food, as only two of the three main capsules have received “health food” classification.  Currently, “general foods” is not an approved category for direct selling; therefore, we will only market LifePak through our retail stores until final “health food” classification for LifePak is obtained for the other capsule.  Additionally, there is some risk associated with the common practice in China of marketing a product as a “general food” while seeking “health food” classification.  If government officials feel our categorization of our products is inconsistent with product claims, ingredients or function, this could end or limit our ability to market such products in China in their current form.

The markets in which we operate all have varied regulations that distinguish foods and nutritional health supplements from “drugs” or “pharmaceutical products.”  Because of the varied regulations, some products or ingredients that are recognized as a “food” in certain markets may be treated as a “pharmaceutical” in other markets.  In Japan, for example, if a specified ingredient is not listed as a “food” by the Ministry of Health and Welfare, we must either modify the product to eliminate or substitute that ingredient, or petition the government to treat such ingredient as a food.  We experience similar issues in our other markets.  This is particularly a problem in Europe, where regulations often still differ from state to state, despite EU regulations designed to harmonize the laws of EU member states.  As a result, we must often modify the ingredients and/or the levels of ingredients in our products for certain markets.  In some circumstances, the regulations in foreign markets may require us to obtain regulatory approval prior to introduction of a new product or limit our uses of certain ingredients altogether.  Because of negative publicity associated with some adulterated or misbranded supplements, including pharmaceutical drugs marketed as dietary supplements, there has been an increased movement in the United States and other markets to expand the regulation of dietary supplements, which could impose additional restrictions or requirements in the future.  In general, the regulatory environment is becoming more complex with increasingly strict regulations each year.

Effective June 2008, the FDA established regulations to require current good manufacturing practices for dietary supplements.  The regulations ensure that dietary supplements are produced in a quality manner, do not contain contaminants or impurities, and are accurately labeled. The regulations include requirements for establishing quality control procedures for us and our vendors and suppliers, designing and constructing manufacturing plants, and testing ingredients and finished products. The regulations also include requirements for record keeping and handling consumer product complaints.  If dietary supplements contain contaminants or do not contain the type or quantity of dietary ingredient they are represented to contain, the FDA would consider those products to be adulterated or misbranded.  Our business is subject to additional FDA regulations, such as those implementing an adverse event reporting system effective December 2007, which requires us to document and track adverse events and report serious adverse events, which are events involving hospitalization or death, associated with consumers’ use of our products.  Compliance with these regulations has increased, and may further increase, the cost of manufacturing and selling certain of our products as we oversee and inspect more aspects of third party manufacturing and work with our vendors to assure they are in compliance.

- 19 -

Most of our major markets also regulate advertising and product claims regarding the efficacy of products and require adequate scientific substantiation of all claims.  Accordingly, these regulations can limit our ability to inform consumers of the full benefits of our products.  For example, in the United States, we are unable to claim that any of our nutritional supplements will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent disease.  In most of our foreign markets, we are not able to make any “medicinal” claims with respect to our Pharmanex products.  In the United States, the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act, however, permits substantiated, truthful and non-misleading statements of nutritional support to be made in labeling, such as statements describing general well-being resulting from consumption of a dietary ingredient or the role of a nutrient or dietary ingredient in affecting or maintaining a structure or a function of the body.  Most of the other markets in which we operate have not adopted similar legislation and we may be subject to more restrictive limitations on the claims we can make about our products in these markets.  For example, in Japan, our nutritional supplements are marketed as food products, which significantly limits our ability to make any claims regarding these products. If our marketing materials or distributor marketing materials make claims that exceed the scope of allowed claims for dietary supplements the FDA or other regulatory authorities could deem our products to be unapproved drugs.

To date, we have not experienced any difficulty maintaining our import licenses.  However, due to the varied regulations governing the manufacture and sale of nutritional products in the various markets, we have found it necessary to reformulate many of our products or develop new products in order to comply with such local requirements.  In the United States, we are also subject to a consent decree with the FTC and various state regulatory agencies arising out of investigations that occurred in the early 1990s of certain alleged unsubstantiated product and earnings claims made by our distributors.  The consent decree requires us to, among other things, supplement our procedures to enforce our policies, not allow our distributors to make earnings representations without making certain average earnings disclosures, and not allow our distributors to make unsubstantiated product claims. Effective December 1, 2009, the FTC approved revisions to its Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising that restrict marketing to those results obtained by a “typical” consumer and require disclosure of any material connections between an endorser and the company or products they are endorsing.

Our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner and our ageLOC Galvanic Spa System are technologically advanced business tools designed to help our distributors effectively market our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products.  These tools are subject to the regulations of various health, consumer protection and other governmental authorities around the world.  These regulations vary from market to market and affect whether our business tools are required to be registered as medical devices, the claims that can be made with respect to these tools, who can use them, and where they can be used.  We have been subject to regulatory inquiries in the United States, Japan, and other countries with respect to the status of the Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner as a non-medical device.  Any determination that medical device clearance is required for one of our products, in a market where we currently market and sell such product as a cosmetic or non-medical device, could require us to expend significant time and resources in order to meet the additional stringent standards imposed on medical device companies or prevent us from marketing the product.  Please refer to “Risk Factors” for more information on the regulatory risks associated with our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner and our ageLOC Galvanic Spa System.

- 20 -

Other Regulatory Issues.  As a United States entity operating through subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions, we are subject to foreign exchange control, transfer pricing and customs laws that regulate the flow of funds between us and our subsidiaries and for product purchases, management services and contractual obligations, such as the payment of distributor commissions.

As is the case with most companies that operate in our product categories, we receive from time to time inquiries from government regulatory authorities regarding the nature of our business and other issues, such as compliance with local direct selling, transfer pricing, customs, taxation, foreign exchange control, securities and other laws.  Negative publicity resulting from inquiries into our operations by the United States and state government agencies in the early 1990s, stemming in part from alleged inappropriate product and earnings claims by distributors, and in the late 1990s resulting from adverse media attention in South Korea, harmed our business.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 3,420 full- and part-time employees worldwide. This does not include approximately 2,560 individuals who were employed as sales representatives in our China operations. None of our employees are represented by a union or other collective bargaining group, except in China and one employee in Japan.  We believe that our relationship with our employees is good, and we do not foresee a shortage in qualified personnel necessary to operate our business.

Available Information

Our Internet address is www.nuskinenterprises.com.  We make available free of charge on or through our internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1–800–SEC–0330. The SEC maintains an internet website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers as of February 1, 2012, are as follows:

Name	Age	Position
Blake Roney	53	Chairman of the Board
Truman Hunt	52	President and Chief Executive Officer
Ritch Wood	46	Chief Financial Officer
Joe Chang	59	Chief Scientific Officer and Executive Vice President, Product Development
Dan Chard	47	President, Global Sales and Operations
Scott Schwerdt	54	President, Americas Region
Matthew Dorny	47	General Counsel and Secretary

- 21 -

Set forth below is the business background of each of our executive officers.

Blake Roney founded our company in 1984 and served as its president through 1996.  Mr. Roney currently serves as the Chairman of the Board, a position he has held since our company became public in 1996. Mr. Roney is also a trustee of the Force for Good Foundation, a charitable organization that was established in 1996 by Mr. Roney and the other founders of our company to help encourage and drive the philanthropic efforts of our company, its employees, its distributors and its customers to enrich the lives of others. He received a B.S. degree from Brigham Young University.

Truman Hunt has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of our company since 2003. He also joined the company’s board of directors when he was named Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hunt has served in various positions with our company since 1994, including Executive Vice President from 2001 to 2003 and General Counsel from 1996 to 2003. From 2005 until 2008, Mr. Hunt served as Chairman of the World Federation of Direct Selling Associations, a global trade association for the direct selling industry. He received a B.S. degree from Brigham Young University and a J.D. degree from the University of Utah.

Ritch Wood has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2002.  Prior to this appointment, Mr. Wood served as Vice President, Finance from July 2002 to November 2002 and Vice President, New Market Development from June 2001 to July 2002.  Mr. Wood joined our company in 1993 and has served in various capacities.  Prior to joining us, he worked for the accounting firm of Grant Thornton LLP.  Mr. Wood earned a B.S. and a Master of Accountancy degrees from Brigham Young University.

Joe Chang has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Executive Vice President of Product Development since February 2006.  Dr. Chang served as President of our Pharmanex division from April 2000 to February 2006.  Dr. Chang served as Vice President of Clinical Studies and Pharmacology of Pharmanex from 1997 until April 2000.  Dr. Chang has nearly 20 years of pharmaceutical experience.  He received a B.S. degree from Portsmouth University and a Ph.D. degree from the University of London.

Daniel Chard has served as President of Global Sales and Operations since May 2009.  Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Chard served as Executive Vice President of Distributor Success from February 2006 to May 2009 and President of Nu Skin Europe from April 2004 to February 2006.  Mr. Chard also served as Vice President of Marketing and Product Management of Big Planet, our technology products and services division, from May 2003 to April 2004 and as Senior Director of Marketing and Product Development at Pharmanex.  Prior to joining us in 1998, Mr. Chard worked in a variety of strategic marketing positions in the consumer products industry.  Mr. Chard holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Brigham Young University and an M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota.

Scott Schwerdt has served as President, Americas Region, since June 2011. Mr. Schwerdt served as the President of the Americas, Europe and Pacific from February 2006 to June 2011 and as Regional Vice President of North America and President of Nu Skin Enterprises United States, Inc. from May 2004 to February 2006.  Mr. Schwerdt previously served as the General Manager of our U.S. operations from May 2001 to May 2004.  Mr. Schwerdt joined our company in 1988 and has held various positions, including Vice President of North America/South Pacific Operations and Vice President of Europe.  Mr. Schwerdt received a B.A. degree in International Relations from Brigham Young University.

Matthew Dorny has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since January 2003.  Mr. Dorny previously served as Assistant General Counsel from May 1998 to January 2003.  Prior to joining us, Mr. Dorny was a securities and business attorney in private practice in Salt Lake City, Utah.  Mr. Dorny received B.A., M.B.A. and J.D. degrees from the University of Utah.

- 22 -

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We face a number of substantial risks. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and they should be considered in connection with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risk factors should be read together with the other items in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Item 1. "Business” and Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.”

Difficult economic conditions could harm our business.

Global economic conditions continue to be challenging.  Although the economy appears to be recovering in some countries, it is not possible for us to predict the extent and timing of any improvement in global economic conditions.  Even with continued growth in many of our markets during this period, the economic downturn could adversely impact our business in the future by causing a decline in demand for our products, particularly if the economic conditions are prolonged or worsen. In addition, such economic conditions may adversely impact access to capital for us and our suppliers, may decrease our distributors' ability to obtain or maintain credit cards, and may otherwise adversely impact our operations and overall financial condition.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could impact our financial results.

In 2011, approximately 88% of our sales occurred in markets outside of the United States in each market’s respective local currency. We purchase inventory primarily in the United States in U.S. dollars. In preparing our financial statements, we translate revenue and expenses in our markets outside the United States from their local currencies into U.S. dollars using weighted average exchange rates. If the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, particularly the Japanese yen, which accounted for approximately 27% of 2011 revenue, our reported revenue, gross profit and net income will likely be reduced. Foreign currency fluctuations, particularly with respect to the Japanese yen given the amount of yen denominated debt on our balance sheet, can also result in losses and gains resulting from translation of foreign currency denominated balances on our balance sheet. Given the complex global political and economic dynamics that affect exchange rate fluctuations, it is difficult to predict future fluctuations and the effect these fluctuations may have upon future reported results or our overall financial condition.

Although our distributors are independent contractors, improper distributor actions that violate laws or regulations could harm our business.

Distributor activities that violate applicable laws or regulations could result in government or third party actions against us, which could harm our business. Except in China, our distributors are not employees and act independently of us. The most significant area of risk for such activities relates to improper product claims and claims regarding the business opportunity of being a distributor.  We implement strict policies and procedures to ensure our distributors will comply with legal requirements. However, given the size of our distributor force, we experience problems with distributors from time to time. For example, product claims made by some of our distributors in 1990 and 1991 led to an investigation by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in the United States, which resulted in our entering into a consent decree with the FTC. In addition, rulings by the South Korean Federal Trade Commission and by judicial authorities against us and other companies in South Korea indicate that vicarious liability may be imposed on us for the criminal activity of our distributors. In addition, we have seen an increase in sales aids and promotional material being produced by distributors and distributor groups in some markets, which places an increased burden on us to monitor compliance of such materials and increases the risk that such materials could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of our policies and applicable regulations. As we expand internationally, our distributors often attempt to anticipate which markets we will open in the future and begin marketing and sponsoring activities in markets where we are not qualified to conduct business. We could face fines or other legal action if our distributors violate applicable laws and regulations.

- 23 -

If we are unable to retain our existing distributors and recruit additional distributors, our revenue will not increase and may even decline.

We distribute almost all of our products through our distributors and we depend on them to generate virtually all of our revenue. Our distributors may terminate their services at any time, and, like most direct selling companies, we experience high turnover among distributors from year to year. Distributors who join to purchase our products for personal consumption or for short-term income goals frequently only stay with us for a short time. Executive distributors who have committed time and effort to build a sales organization will generally stay for longer periods. Distributors have highly variable levels of training, skills and capabilities. As a result, in order to maintain sales and increase sales in the future, we need to increase our retention of existing distributors and continue to successfully recruit additional distributors. To increase our revenue, we must increase the number of and/or the productivity of our distributors.

We have experienced periodic declines in both active distributors and executive distributors in the past and could experience such declines again in the future. If our initiatives for 2012 do not drive growth in our distributor numbers, particularly in Japan, the United States and Europe where we have experienced some softness in our sponsoring and distributors numbers, our operating results could be harmed. While we take many steps to help train, motivate, and retain distributors, we cannot accurately predict how the number and productivity of distributors may fluctuate because we rely primarily upon our distributor leaders to recruit, train, and motivate new distributors. Our operating results could be harmed if we and our distributor leaders do not generate sufficient interest in our business to retain existing distributors and attract new distributors.

The number and productivity of our distributors could be harmed by several additional factors, including:

•   any adverse publicity regarding us, our products, our distribution channel, or our competitors;

•   lack of interest in, or the technical failure of, existing or new products;

•   lack of a compelling sponsoring story that generates interest for potential new distributors and effectively draws them into the business;

•   any negative public perception of our products and their ingredients;

•   any negative public perception of our distributors and direct selling businesses in general;

•   our actions to enforce our policies and procedures;

•   any regulatory actions or charges against us or others in our industry;

•   general economic and business conditions; and

•   potential saturation or maturity levels in a given country or market which could negatively impact our ability to attract and retain distributors in such market.

- 24 -

Because our Japanese operations account for a significant part of our business, continued weakness in our business operations in Japan could harm our business.

Approximately 27% of our 2011 revenue was generated in Japan. We have experienced local currency revenue declines in Japan over the last several years and continue to face challenges in this market. These declines could continue or increase. Factors that could impact our results in the market include:

•   continued or increased levels of regulatory and media scrutiny and any regulatory actions taken by regulators, or any adoption of more restrictive regulations, in response to such scrutiny;

•   significant weakening of the Japanese yen;

•   increased regulatory constraints with respect to the claims we can make regarding the efficacy of products and tools, which could limit our ability to effectively market them;

•   risks that the initiatives we have implemented in Japan, which are patterned after successful initiatives implemented in other markets, will not have the same level of success in Japan, may not generate renewed growth or increased productivity among our distributors, and may cost more or require more time to implement than we have anticipated;

•   inappropriate activities by our distributors and any resulting regulatory actions against us or our distributors;

•   improper practices of other direct selling companies or their distributors that increase regulatory and media scrutiny of our industry;

•   any weakness in the economy or consumer confidence; and

•   increased competitive pressures from other direct selling companies and their distributors who actively seek to solicit our distributors to join their businesses.

Regulatory scrutiny of the direct selling industry in Japan could harm our business if we are not able to successfully limit the number of general inquiries and complaints regarding our business received by consumer protection centers.

We continue to experience a high level of regulatory scrutiny of the direct selling industry in Japan. Several direct sellers in Japan have been penalized for actions of distributors that violated applicable regulations, including one prominent international direct selling company that was suspended from sponsoring activities for three months in 2008, and another large Japanese direct selling company that was suspended from sponsoring activities for six months in 2009. In addition, some Japanese lawmakers have experienced political pressure to discontinue supporting the direct selling industry.

We also continue to experience a high level of general inquiries and complaints to consumer protection centers in Japan and have taken steps to try to resolve these issues including providing additional training to distributors, and restructuring our compliance group in Japan. We have seen improvements in some prefectures, but not in others. We have received warnings from consumer centers in certain prefectures raising concerns about our distributor training and number of general inquiries and complaints.  Although we are implementing additional steps to reinforce our distributor education and training in Japan to help address these concerns, we cannot be sure that such steps will be successful. If consumer complaints and inquiries escalate to a government review or if the current level of complaints and inquiries does not improve, there is an increased likelihood that regulators could take action against us, including a suspension of our sponsoring activities, or we could receive negative media attention, either of which could harm our business. In 2009, Japan implemented a national organization of consumer protection centers, which has further increased scrutiny of our business and industry.

- 25 -

If direct selling regulations in China are modified, interpreted or enforced in a manner that results in negative changes to our business model or the imposition of a range of potential penalties, our business would be significantly negatively impacted.

 The government of China has adopted direct selling regulations that impose significant restrictions and limitations on the way we do business. Most notably, the regulations include a restriction on the use of multi-level compensation of individual direct sellers, which is the basis of how we compensate sales people outside of China. We have structured our business model in China based on several factors: our interpretation of applicable regulations, the guidance we have received from government officials, our understanding of the practices of other international direct selling companies operating in China, and our understanding as to how regulators are enforcing the regulations. We have designed a hybrid business model in China where we operate with both independent direct sellers who can sell away from our stores as well as contractual sales promoters who can progress through various leadership positions in our sales organization and become employed sales representatives once they have achieved designated performance levels.  We have adopted this hybrid business structure because we believe it provides us with more flexibility in how we compensate our sales leaders in China, enabling us to compensate them at a level that is competitive with other direct selling companies in the market and reflective of the compensation of our distributor sales leaders globally. The nature of the political, regulatory and legal systems in China gives regulatory agencies at both the local and central levels of government broad discretion to interpret and enforce regulations in a fashion that promotes social order. We face a risk that regulators may change the way in which they currently interpret and enforce the direct selling regulations. If our business practices are found to be in violation of applicable regulations as they may be interpreted or enforced in the future, in particular our use of the sales productivity of a sales leader and the sales promoters and employees he/she leads and supervises in setting his/her quarterly compensation level, then we could be forced to change our business model and/or sanctioned, either of which could significantly harm our business.

Our operations in China are subject to significant government scrutiny, and we could be subject to fines or other penalties if our employees or direct sellers engage in activities that violate applicable laws and regulations.

 We work diligently to train our sales force in China on how our China business model differs from our global business model. But because there are often foreign sales leaders performing training in China and because our global model varies significantly from our China business model, confusion can result as to how those working in China should promote the business in China. This confusion may lead to governmental reviews and investigations of our operations in China. The legal system in China provides governmental authorities with broad latitude to conduct investigations. We anticipate that our business will continue to attract significant governmental scrutiny, particularly as our business grows and the number of sales employees and contractual sales promoters continues to increase. While we have been able to resolve past investigations and have only been required to pay fines in a limited number of instances, all between 2002 and 2007, we face a risk that future investigations may result in fines or other more significant sanctions.

If we are unable to obtain additional necessary national and local government approvals in China our ability to expand our business could be negatively impacted.

 We have completed the required national and local licensing processes for direct selling activities in various locations in China, including major cities or districts in ten provinces and three municipalities. In order to expand our direct selling model into additional provinces, we currently must obtain a series of approvals from district, city, provincial and national government agencies with respect to each province in which we wish to expand. The process for obtaining the necessary government approvals to conduct direct selling continues to evolve and is lengthy, as we are required to work with a large number of provincial, city, district and national government authorities. The complexity of the approval process as well as the government’s continued cautious approach as direct selling develops in China makes it difficult to predict the timeline for obtaining these approvals. If the results of the government’s evaluation of our direct selling activities result in further delays in obtaining licenses elsewhere, or if the current processes for obtaining approvals are delayed further for any reason or are changed or are interpreted differently than currently understood, our ability to receive direct selling licenses in China and our growth prospects in this market, could be negatively impacted.

- 26 -

We also face lengthy timelines with respect to product registrations in China. For nutrition products in particular the registration process is laborious. The process for obtaining product permits and licenses may require extended periods of time that may prevent us from being able to launch product initiatives in China on the same timelines as other markets around the world.

If we are unable to effectively manage our rapid growth in China, our operations could be harmed.

We have experienced rapid growth in China, which could strain our ability to effectively manage our operations. We continue to focus resources to successfully manage the necessary expansion of our management team, labor force, manufacturing operations, government relations efforts, and stores and service centers. Insufficient management of such growth could result in, among other things, product delays, operating mistakes and errors, inadequate customer service, inappropriate claims or promotions by sales employees, and governmental inquires and investigations, all of which could harm our revenue and ability to generate sustained growth and result in unanticipated expenses.

If our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner or ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems, including our recently launchedageLOC Galvanic Body Spa are determined to be medical devices in a particular geographic market or if our distributors use these products for medical purposes or make improper medical claims, our ability to continue to market and distribute such tools could be harmed.

One of our strategies is to market unique and innovative products and tools that allow our distributors to distinguish our products, including our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems and our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner. We do not believe these products are medical devices. However, we have faced regulatory inquiries in Japan, South Korea, Indonesia, Taiwan, Singapore, Thailand, Colombia and the United States regarding our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner and/or our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems. While we have successfully worked with regulators to resolve these matters in some markets, we have not been able to market our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems as cosmetic devices in Taiwan, Indonesia, Thailand and Colombia, due to similar regulatory restrictions that have required us to register our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems as medical devices. There have also been legislative proposals in Singapore and Malaysia relating to the regulation of medical devices that could affect the way we market our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems and our Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner in these countries. In 2011, a shipment of ageLOC Galvanic Spa System II units into the United States was detained upon import pending a classification review by the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”).  The matter is still under review and we may elect to limit importation of ageLOC Galvanic Spa System II units into the United States until this review is complete.  Any determination by the FDA in the United States or by a regulatory authority in another market that our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems must be registered as medical devices could inhibit or restrict our ability to market these products in such market until such registration is obtained, which could harm our business. In addition, if our distributors are using these products to make medical claims or perform medical diagnoses or other activities limited to licensed professionals or approved medical devices, it could negatively impact our ability to market or sell these products. Regulatory scrutiny of a product could also dampen distributor enthusiasm and hinder the ability of distributors to effectively utilize such product.

- 27 -

Where necessary, obtaining medical device registrations could require us to provide documentation concerning product manufacturing and clinical utility and to make design, specification and manufacturing process modifications to meet stringent standards imposed on medical device companies. There can be no assurance we will be able to provide the required medical device documentation, prove clinical utility in a manner sufficient to obtain medical device approval or make such changes promptly or in a manner that is satisfactory to regulatory authorities. If we obtain such medical device approval in order to sell a product in one market, such approval may be used as precedent to a claim that similar approval should be required in another market or negatively impact our ability to import and export our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems as cosmetic devices in markets where such approvals are not currently required.

Laws and regulations may prohibit or severely restrict our direct sales efforts and cause our revenue and profitability to decline, and regulators could adopt new regulations that harm our business.

Various government agencies throughout the world regulate direct sales practices. Laws and regulations in Japan, South Korea and China are particularly restrictive and difficult. These laws and regulations are generally intended to prevent fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” schemes, that compensate participants for recruiting additional participants irrespective of product sales, use high pressure recruiting methods and/or do not involve legitimate products. The laws and regulations in our current markets often:

•   impose order cancellations, product returns, inventory buy-backs and cooling-off rights for consumers and distributors;

•   require us or our distributors to register with government agencies;

•   impose caps on the amount of commissions we can pay; and/or

•   require us to ensure that distributors are not being compensated based upon the recruitment of new distributors.

Complying with these widely varying and sometimes inconsistent rules and regulations can be difficult and may require the devotion of significant resources on our part. If we are unable to continue business in existing markets or commence operations in new markets because of these laws, our revenue and profitability may decline. To comply with legal limitations on commissions in South Korea, we were required to reduce the commissions paid to our top distributors in that market in December 2011, due in part to substantial sales of products introduced in connection with our global convention.  Our business could be harmed in South Korea if we are required to make further commission reductions in order to comply with legal limitations on commissions in the future. In addition, countries where we currently do business could change their laws or regulations to negatively affect or completely prohibit direct sales efforts.

Challenges to the form of our network marketing system could harm our business.

We may be subject to challenges by government regulators and third parties in civil actions regarding the form of our network marketing system. Legal and regulatory requirements concerning our industry involve a high level of subjectivity and are inherently fact-based and subject to interpretation, which provides regulators with more discretion in their application of these laws and regulations. We have seen heightened government scrutiny of our industry in various markets, including Japan, South Korea, China, Europe, and the United Kingdom. From time to time, we receive formal and informal inquiries from various government regulatory authorities about our business and our compliance with local laws and regulations. For example, in 2009, Belgium authorities alleged that we violated the anti-pyramid regulations in that market and the Hungary Consumer Protection Agency opened an inquiry regarding various marketing claims. We have worked with these local authorities to resolve these matters. However, we are aware that in an unrelated matter involving another direct selling company, a court in Belgium recently held that such direct selling company violated Belgium’s anti-pyramid regulations. If authorities in Belgium find the ruling more restrictive than their current interpretation of the anti-pyramid regulations, we may face a similar determination. We are aware of several civil actions that have been taken against some of our competitors in the United States, including one in which a significant settlement has been proposed.

- 28 -

If we are not able to resolve existing regulatory reviews to the satisfaction of the applicable governmental agencies, or there are any new regulatory or civil actions challenges regarding our business or others in our industry, our business could be harmed if such actions result in the imposition of any fines or damages on our business, create adverse publicity, increase scrutiny of our industry, detrimentally affect our efforts to recruit or motivate distributors and attract customers, or interpret laws in a manner inconsistent with our current business practices.

Government regulations relating to the marketing and advertising of our products and services may restrict, inhibit or delay our ability to sell our products and harm our business.

Our products and our related marketing and advertising efforts are subject to numerous domestic and foreign government agencies’ and authorities’ laws and extensive regulations, which govern the ingredients and products that may be marketed without pre-market approval and/or registration as a drug and the claims that may be made regarding such products. Many of these laws and regulations involve a high level of subjectivity, are inherently fact-based and subject to interpretation, and vary significantly from market to market. These laws and regulations can limit the claims we can make regarding our products and often restrict our ability to introduce products or ingredients into one or more markets. In Europe for example, we are unable to market supplements that contain ingredients that were not marketed prior to May 1997 in Europe (“novel foods”) without going through an extensive registration and pre-market approval process. In addition, there has been increased regulatory scrutiny of nutritional supplements and marketing claims under existing and new regulations. At times these laws and regulations may prevent us from launching a product in a market, require us to reformulate a product or limit the claims made regarding a product. For example, in 2010 and 2011, the introduction and launch of our ageLOC Vitality were delayed in certain markets in Europe due to regulatory issues. If these laws and regulations further restrict, inhibit or delay our ability to introduce or market our products or limit the claims we are able to make regarding our products, our business may be harmed.

During recent years, authorities’ enforcement activity and interpretation of these regulations suggest a greater allowance for scientific-based and substantiated claims when not involving specific drug or disease claims.  As a result, as companies have developed new and innovative products, there has been a trend towards more aggressive claims and the inclusion of greater science regarding the marketing of cosmetic and nutritional products. We believe in order to remain competitive we need to have similarly compelling claims.  Because there is a degree of subjectivity in determining whether marketing materials or statements constitute product claims and whether they involve improper drug claims, our claims and our interpretation of applicable regulations may be challenged, which could harm our business.  This is a particular risk with respect to our ageLOC line of products based on our novel approach to these products and our focus on genes and sources of aging in both our scientific explanation for support of our products as well as our marketing claims.  If regulators take a more restrictive stance regarding such claims, alter their enforcement priorities, or determine that any of our claims violate applicable regulations, we could be fined or forced to modify our claims or stop selling a product.

- 29 -

New regulations governing the marketing and sale of nutritional supplements could harm our business.

There has been an increasing movement in the United States and other markets to increase the regulation of dietary supplements, which could impose additional restrictions or requirements in the future. In the United States, for example, some legislators and industry critics continue to push for increased regulatory authority by the FDA over nutritional supplements. Our business could be harmed if more restrictive legislation is successfully introduced and adopted in the future. For example, the FDA has proposed draft guidance for the industry to clarify the FDA's interpretation of the dietary ingredient notification requirements. This draft guidance is not final but appears to indicate that the FDA is expanding its definition of what is considered a “new dietary ingredient” in the United States. The industry is providing comments and working with the FDA to modify this guidance, however, if enacted in final form as proposed this guidance could impose new and significant regulatory barriers for our nutritional supplement products, many of which could delay or inhibit our ability to formulate, introduce and sell nutritional supplements as we have in the past. We face similar pressures in our other markets, including Europe, which is expected to adopt additional regulations setting new limits on acceptable maximum levels of vitamins and minerals. In the United States, effective December 1, 2009, the FTC approved revisions to its Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or Guides, that require disclosure of material connections between an endorser and the company they are endorsing and do not allow marketing using atypical results. Our distributors have historically used testimonials and “before and after” photos to market and sell some of our popular products such as our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems and ageLOC Transformation anti-aging skin care system. The alterations we have made to our marketing materials to conform to the requirements and restrictions of the revised Guides may diminish the impact of our marketing efforts and negatively impact our sales results. If we or our distributors fail to comply with these Guides, the FTC could bring an enforcement action against us and we could be fined and/or forced to further alter our marketing materials. Our operations also could be harmed if new laws or regulations are enacted that restrict our ability to market or distribute nutritional supplements or impose additional burdens or requirements on nutritional supplement companies or require us to reformulate our products.

Regulations governing the production and marketing of our personal care products could harm our business.

Our personal care products are subject to various domestic and foreign laws and regulations that regulate cosmetic products and set forth regulations for determining whether a product can be marketed as a “cosmetic” or requires further approval as an over-the-counter drug. A determination that our cosmetic products impact the structure or function of the human body, or improper marketing claims by our distributors may lead to a determination that such products require pre-market approval as a drug. Such regulations in any given market can limit our ability to import products and can delay product launches as we go through the registration and approval process for those products. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with these regulations, we could face enforcement action against us and we could be fined, forced to alter or stop selling our products and/or required to adjust our operations. Our operations also could be harmed if new laws or regulations are enacted that restrict our ability to market or distribute our personal care products or impose additional burdens or requirements on the contents of our personal care products or require us to reformulate our products.

- 30 -

If we are found not to be in compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices our operations could be harmed.

In the United States, FDA regulations on Good Manufacturing Practices and Adverse Event Reporting requirements for the nutritional supplement industry require us and our vendors to maintain good manufacturing processes, including stringent vendor qualifications, ingredient identification, manufacturing controls and record keeping.  The ingredient identification requirement, which requires us to confirm the levels, identity and potency of ingredients listed on our product labels within a narrow range, is particularly burdensome and difficult for us with respect to a product like LifePak Nano, which contains as many as 36 different ingredients. We are also required to report serious adverse events associated with consumer use of our products. Our operations could be harmed if regulatory authorities make determinations that we or our vendors are not in compliance with these regulations or public reporting of adverse events harms our reputation for quality and safety. A finding of noncompliance may result in administrative warnings, penalties or actions impacting our ability to continue selling certain of our products.  In addition, compliance with these regulations has increased and may further increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our products as we work with our vendors to assure they are qualified and in compliance.

The loss of suppliers or shortages in ingredients could harm our business.

We acquire ingredients and products from two suppliers that each currently manufactures a significant portion of our Nu Skin personal care products.  In addition, we currently rely on two suppliers for a majority of Pharmanex nutritional supplement products. In the event we were to lose any of these suppliers and experience any difficulties in finding or transitioning to alternative suppliers, this could harm our business. In addition, we obtain some of our products, including our ageLoc Galvanic Spa systems, from sole suppliers that own or control the product formulations, ingredients, or other intellectual property rights associated with such products. We also license the right to distribute some of our products from third parties. In the event we are unable to renew these contracts, we may need to discontinue some products or develop substitute products, which could harm our revenue. In addition, if we experience supply shortages or regulatory impediments with respect to the raw materials and ingredients we use in our products, we may need to seek alternative supplies or suppliers and may experience difficulties in finding ingredients that are comparable in quality and price. Some of our nutritional products, including g3 juice, incorporate natural products that are only harvested once a year and may have limited supplies. If demand exceeds forecasts, we may have difficulties in obtaining additional supplies to meet the excess demand until the next growing season. If we are unable to successfully respond to such issues, our business could be harmed.

Product diversion to certain markets, including China, may have a negative impact on our business.

From time to time, we see our product being sold through online or other distribution channels in certain markets.  Although we have taken steps to try to control this activity for products sold in China, this issue continues to be a significant challenge.  Product diversion causes confusion regarding our distribution channels and negatively impacts our distributors’ ability to retail our products. It also creates a negative impression regarding the viability of the business opportunity for our distributors and sales representatives, which can harm our ability to recruit new distributors and sales representatives. In addition, in some cases, product diversion schemes may also involve illegal importation, investment or other activities. If we are unable to effectively address this issue or if diversion increases, our business could be harmed.

- 31 -

Changes to our distributor compensation arrangements could be viewed negatively by some distributors, could fail to achieve desired long-term results and have a negative impact on revenue.

Our distributor compensation plan includes some components that differ from market to market. We modify components of our compensation plan from time to time in an attempt to keep our compensation plan competitive and attractive to existing and potential distributors, to address changing market dynamics, to provide incentives to distributors that we believe will help grow our business, to conform to local regulations and to address other business needs. Because of the size of our distributor force and the complexity of our compensation plans, it is difficult to predict how such changes will be viewed by distributors and whether such changes will achieve their desired results. For example, certain changes we made to our compensation plan in the past, which had been successful in several markets, did not achieve anticipated results in Japan, China and certain markets in Southeast Asia and negatively impacted our business.

Production difficulties, quality control problems and inaccurate forecasting could harm our business.

Production difficulties and quality control problems and our reliance on third party suppliers to deliver quality products in a timely manner could harm our business. Occasionally, we have experienced production difficulties with respect to our products, including the import or export of ingredients and delivery of products that do not meet our specifications and quality control standards. These quality problems have resulted in the past, and could result in the future, in stock outages or shortages in our markets with respect to such products, harming our sales and creating inventory write-offs for unusable products.

Our method of launching new products globally on a condensed schedule has increased pressure on our supply chain. If we are not able to accurately forecast sales levels on a market by market basis, or are unable to produce a sufficient supply to meet such demand globally, we may incur higher expedited shipping costs and we may experience stockouts, which could negatively impact the enthusiasm of our distributors. However, if we over forecast demand for a global product launch, we could incur increased write-offs.

Adverse publicity concerning our business, marketing plan, products or people could harm our business and reputation.

The size of our distribution force and the results of our operations can be particularly impacted by adverse publicity regarding us, the nature of our distributor network, our products or the actions of our distributors and employees. Specifically, we are susceptible to adverse publicity concerning:

•   suspicions about the legality and ethics of network marketing;

•   the safety or effectiveness of ingredients in our or our competitors' products;

•   regulatory investigations of us, our competitors and our respective products;

•   the actions of our current or former distributors and employees; and

•   public perceptions of the direct selling industry or the nutritional or personal care industry generally.

- 32 -

For example, in 2010 we received a 60-day notice from a consumer group in California of its intent to file a citizen enforcement action under California Proposition 65, alleging that we failed to warn consumers of exposure to lead in four of our products.  We are aware that a number of other nutritional companies have received similar notices and withdrawals from the same group. In 2010, we also received a letter from the California Attorney General, alleging that one of our products contained lead in excess of the level allowed under California Proposition 65.  If one or more of these products is found to be in violation of California Proposition 65, we may be required to reformulate the product, label the product in compliance with California Proposition 65 or, at our election, discontinue selling the product in California.  We may also be required to pay civil fines.  Although we believe we are in compliance with the requirements of California Proposition 65, any negative media attention or other adverse publicity created by these allegations, or any new or additional allegations, could negatively impact consumer and distributor perceptions of our products and harm our business.

In addition, in the past we have experienced negative publicity that has harmed our business in connection with regulatory investigations and inquiries.  Critics of our industry and other individuals who want to pursue an agenda, have in the past and may in the future utilize the internet, the press and other means to publish criticisms of the industry, our company and our competitors, or make allegations regarding our business and operations, or the business and operations of our competitors. We or others in our industry may receive similar negative publicity or allegations in the future, and it may harm our business and reputation.

Non-compliance with anti-corruption laws could harm our business.

Our international operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). Any allegations that we are not in compliance with anti-corruption laws may require us to dedicate time and resources to an internal investigation of the allegations or may result in a government investigation. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing anti-corruption laws or regulations could result in the imposition of substantial fines, and other penalties. Although we have implemented anti-corruption policies, controls and training globally to protect against violation of these laws, we cannot be certain that these efforts will be effective. We are aware that one of our competitors is under investigation in the United States for allegations that its employees violated the FCPA in China and other markets. If this investigation causes adverse publicity or increased scrutiny of our industry, our business could be harmed.

Our ability to conduct business, particularly in international markets, may be affected by political, legal, tax and regulatory risks.

Our ability to capitalize on growth in new international markets and to maintain the current level of operations in our existing international markets is exposed to risks associated with our international operations, including:

•   the possibility that a foreign government might ban or severely restrict our business method of direct selling, or that local civil unrest, political instability or changes in diplomatic or trade relationships might disrupt our operations in an international market;

•   the lack of well-established or reliable legal systems in certain areas where we operate;

•   the presence of high inflation in the economies of international markets in which we operate;

•   the possibility that a government authority might impose legal, tax or other financial burdens on us or our distributors, due, for example, to the structure of our operations in various markets;

•   the possibility that a government authority might challenge the status of our distributors as independent contractors or impose employment or social taxes on our distributors; and

•   the possibility that governments may impose currency remittance restrictions limiting our ability to repatriate cash.

- 33 -

If we are unable to successfully expand and grow operations within developing markets, we may have difficulty achieving our long-term objectives.

A significant percentage of our revenue growth over the past decade has been attributable to our expansion into new markets. Our growth over the next several years depends in part on our ability to successfully introduce products and implement initiatives in developing markets that will help generate growth. In addition to the regulatory difficulties we may face in introducing our products and initiatives in these markets, we could face difficulties in achieving acceptance of our premium-priced products in developing markets. In the past, we have struggled to operate profitably in developing markets. We may experience similar difficulty in our current and future new markets. If we are unable to successfully expand our operations within these developing markets, our opportunities to grow our business may be limited, and, as a result, we may not be able to achieve our long-term objectives.

We depend on our key personnel, and the loss of the services provided by any of our executive officers or other key employees could harm our business and results of operations.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior and regional management, many of whom would be difficult to replace. We currently have several expatriates serving in key management positions in Japan to strengthen the management team in that market.  In order to sustain growth in our markets, we will need to continue to develop and attract qualified management personnel. Our senior and regional management employees may voluntarily terminate their employment with us at any time. If we are not able to successfully retain existing personnel or identify, hire and integrate new personnel, our business and growth prospects could be harmed.

Inability of new products and other initiatives to gain distributor and market acceptance could harm our business.

Our ability to retain key and executive level distributors or to sponsor new executive distributors is critical to our success. Because our products are distributed exclusively through our distributors and we compete with other direct selling companies in attracting distributors, our operating results could be adversely affected if our existing and new business opportunities and incentives, products and other initiatives do not generate sufficient enthusiasm and economic incentive to retain our existing distributors or to sponsor new distributors on a sustained basis. Factors that could affect our ability to continue to introduce new products include, among others, government regulations, the inability to attract and retain qualified research and development staff, the termination of third-party research and collaborative arrangements, proprietary protections of competitors that may limit our ability to offer comparable products and the difficulties in anticipating changes in consumer tastes and buying preferences. In addition, in our more mature markets, one of the challenges we face is keeping distributor leaders with established businesses and high income levels motivated and actively engaged in business building activities and in developing new distributor leaders. There can be no assurance that our initiatives will continue to generate excitement among our distributors in the long-term or that planned initiatives will be successful in maintaining distributor activity and productivity or in motivating distributor leaders to remain engaged in business building and developing new distributor leaders. Some initiatives may have unanticipated negative impacts on our distributors, particularly changes to our compensation plan. The introduction of a new product or key initiative can also negatively impact other product lines to the extent our distributor leaders focus their efforts on the new product or initiative. In addition, if any of our products fail to gain distributor acceptance, we could see an increase in returns.

- 34 -

The loss of key distributors could negatively impact our distributor growth and our revenue.

As of December 31, 2011, we had a global network of more than 850,000 active distributors.  More than 40,000 of our distributors were executive distributors.  Approximately 604 distributors occupied the highest distributor level under our global compensation plan as of that date. These distributors, together with their extensive networks of downline distributors, generate substantially all of our revenue. As a result, the loss of a high-level distributor or a group of leading distributors in the distributor’s network of downline distributors, whether by their own choice or through disciplinary actions by us for violations of our policies and procedures, could negatively impact our distributor growth and our revenue.

Government authorities may question our tax positions or transfer pricing policies or change their laws in a manner that could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.

As a U.S. company doing business in international markets through subsidiaries, we are subject to various tax and intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between our company and our subsidiaries. From time to time, we are audited by tax regulators in the United States and in our foreign markets. If regulators challenge our tax positions, corporate structure, transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transfers, we may be subject to fines and payment of back taxes, our effective tax rate may increase and our operations may be harmed. Tax rates vary from country to country, and, if regulators determine that our profits in one jurisdiction may need to be increased, we may not be able to fully utilize all foreign tax credits that are generated, which will increase our effective tax rate. For example, our federal corporate income tax rate in the United States is 35%. If our profitability in a higher tax jurisdiction, such as Japan where our tax rate in 2011 was approximately 45%, increases disproportionately to the rest of our business, our effective tax rate may increase. The various customs, exchange control and transfer pricing laws are continually changing and are subject to the interpretation of government agencies. We have experienced increased efforts by customs authorities to reclassify our products or otherwise increase the level of duties we pay on our products, including in Japan, Taiwan and Thailand.  Despite our efforts to be aware of and comply with such laws, and changes to and interpretations thereof, there is a risk that we may not continue to operate in compliance with such laws. We may need to adjust our operating procedures in response to such changes, and as a result, our business may suffer. In addition, due to the international nature of our business, we are subject from time to time to reviews and audits by the foreign taxing authorities of other jurisdictions in which we conduct business throughout the world.

We may be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to the activities of our distributors, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances, legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and similar taxes with respect to our distributors. In the event that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local laws and regulations change to require us to treat our independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather than independent contractors under existing laws and interpretations, we may be held responsible for social security and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. If our distributors were deemed to be employees rather than independent contractors, we would also face the threat of increased vicarious liability for their actions.

- 35 -

The loss of or a disruption in our manufacturing and distribution operations could adversely affect our business.

As of December 31, 2011, our principal properties consist of distribution centers where offices are located and where finished merchandise is packed and shipped to distributors in fulfillment of their orders, our worldwide headquarters, three research and development facilities and 40 retail stores and manufacturing facilities in China.  Additionally, we also use third party manufacturers to manufacture certain of our products. As a company engaged in manufacturing, distribution and research and development on a global scale, we are subject to the risks inherent in such activities, including industrial accidents, environmental events, fires, strikes and other labor or industrial disputes, disruptions in logistics or information systems, loss or impairment of key manufacturing or distribution sites, product quality control, safety, licensing requirements and other regulatory or government issues, as well as natural disasters, pandemics, border disputes, acts of terrorism and other external factors over which we have no control. These risks may be exacerbated by our efforts to increase facility consolidation covering our manufacturing, distribution and supply footprints or if we are unable to successfully enhance our disaster recovery planning. The loss of, or damage to, any of our facilities or centers, or that of our third party manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Disruptions to transportation channels that we use to distribute our products to international warehouses may adversely affect our margins and profitability in those markets.

We may experience disruptions to the transportation channels used to distribute our products, including increased airport and shipping port congestion, a lack of transportation capacity, increased fuel expenses, and a shortage of manpower. Disruptions in our container shipments may result in increased costs, including the additional use of airfreight to meet demand. Although we have not recently experienced significant shipping disruptions, we continue to watch for signs of upcoming congestion. Congestion to ports can affect previously negotiated contracts with shipping companies, resulting in unexpected increases in shipping costs and reduction in our net sales.

Our markets are intensely competitive, and market conditions and the strengths of competitors may harm our business.

The markets for our products are intensely competitive. Our results of operations may be harmed by market conditions and competition in the future. Many competitors have much greater name recognition and financial resources than we have, which may give them a competitive advantage. For example, our Nu Skin products compete directly with branded, premium retail products. We also compete with other direct selling organizations.  Some of the leading direct selling companies in our existing markets are Herbalife, Mary Kay, Oriflame, Melaleuca, Avon, Forever Living and Amway. Because of regulatory restrictions concerning claims about the efficacy of personal care products and dietary supplements, we may have difficulty differentiating our products from our competitors’ products, and competing products entering the personal care and nutritional market could harm our revenue.

We also compete with other network marketing companies for distributors. Some of these competitors have a longer operating history and greater visibility, name recognition and financial resources than we do. Some of our competitors have also adopted and could continue to adopt some of our successful business strategies, including our global compensation plan for distributors. Consequently, to successfully compete in this market and attract and retain distributors, we must ensure that our business opportunities and compensation plans are financially rewarding. We are beginning our 28th year in this industry and believe we have significant competitive advantages, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete in every endeavor in this market.

- 36 -

Product liability claims could harm our business.

We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly or actually caused by our products. Although historically we have had a very limited number and relatively low financial exposure from product claims, we have experienced difficulty in finding insurers that are willing to provide product liability coverage at reasonable rates due to insurance industry trends and the rising cost of insurance generally. As a result, we have elected to self-insure our product liability risks for our product lines. Until we elect and are able at reasonable rates to obtain product liability insurance, if any of our products are found to cause any injury or damage, we will be subject to the full amount of liability associated with any injuries or damages. This liability could be substantial and may exceed our reserves. We cannot predict if and when product liability insurance will be available to us on reasonable terms.

We are involved, and may become involved in the future, in legal proceedings that, if adversely adjudicated or settled, could adversely affect our financial results.

We are and may in the future become party to litigation. In general, litigation claims can be expensive and time consuming to bring or defend against and could result in settlements or damages that could significantly affect financial results. We are currently vigorously contesting certain of these litigation claims. However, it is not possible to predict the final resolution of the litigation to which we currently are or may in the future become party to, and the impact of certain of these matters on our business, results of operations and financial condition could be material.

We are currently involved in two separate disputes with customs authorities in Japan with respect to duty assessments on several of our Pharmanex nutritional products. The first dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2002 through June 2005. In March 2011, the Tokyo District Court denied our complaint and upheld the additional assessments. As a result of this decision, we recorded an expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments, or $32.8 million, in the first quarter of 2011. We strongly disagree with the Tokyo District Court’s decision and have appealed the matter to the Tokyo High Court. We currently anticipate that this appeal will be decided in 2012. The second dispute in Japan relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2006 through September 2009 in connection with post-importation audits, as well as the disputed portion of our import duties from October 2009 to the present, which we have or will hold in bond or pay under protest. The aggregate amount of these assessments and disputed duties was 3.9 billion Japanese yen as of December 31, 2011 (approximately $50.7 million), net of any recovery of consumption taxes. In addition, we are currently being required to post a bond or make a deposit equal to the difference between our declared duties and the amount the customs authorities have determined we should be paying on all current imports. We are now pursuing this matter in Tokyo District Court. Any adverse rulings in these matters could materially impact our results. Please refer to Item 3. "Legal Proceedings” for more information regarding these litigation matters.

In addition, our intellectual property may infringe on the rights of others, resulting in costly litigation. In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. In particular, there has been an increase in the filing of suits alleging infringement of intellectual property rights, which pressure defendants into entering settlement arrangements quickly to dispose of such suits, regardless of their merit. Other companies or individuals may allege that we, our customers, licensees or other parties indemnified by us infringe on their intellectual property rights. Even if we believe that such claims are without merit, defending such intellectual property litigation can be costly, distract management’s attention and resources, and the outcome is inherently uncertain. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products. Any of these results may adversely affect our financial condition.

- 37 -

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be negatively impacted.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the value associated with our product innovations and our brand equity. We rely upon patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries, and non-disclosure, confidentiality and other types of agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights. Despite these measures, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated, or such intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to provide competitive advantages, which could result in costly product redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product offerings or other competitive harm. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries, including emerging markets such as China, may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.  The costs required to protect our patents and trademarks may be substantial. We have filed patent applications to protect our intellectual property rights in our new technologies, however, there can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, that any patents issued will adequately protect our intellectual property, or that such patents will not be challenged by third parties or found by a judicial authority to be invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, many of our products rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms.

In order to protect or enforce and protect our intellectual property rights, we may initiate litigation against third parties, such as patent infringement suits or interference proceedings. Any lawsuits that we initiate could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. The occurrence of any of these events may adversely affect our financial condition.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our products could be adversely affected.

In addition to patented technology, we rely on our unpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes and know-how. Despite these measures, any of our intellectual property rights could, however, be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated. We generally seek to protect this information by confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and third parties. Our employees may leave to work for competitors.  These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may be disclosed to or otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors. To the extent that our current or former employees, consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. If, for any of the above reasons, our intellectual property is disclosed or misappropriated, it would harm our ability to protect our rights and adversely affect our financial condition.

- 38 -

We may be subject to claims that our employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of our employees’ former employers.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at other personal care product or nutritional supplement companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. To the extent that our employees are involved in research areas that are similar to those in which they were involved with their former employers, we may be subject to claims that such employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims.

Any future acquisitions may expose us to additional risks.

From time to time we review acquisition prospects that would complement our current product offerings, increase the size and geographic scope of our operations or otherwise offer growth and operating efficiency opportunities. The financing for any of these acquisitions could dilute the interests of our stockholders, result in an increase in our indebtedness or both. Acquisitions may entail numerous risks, including:

•   difficulties in assimilating acquired operations or products, including the loss of key employees from acquired businesses and disruption to our direct selling channel;

•   diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

•   adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers; and

•   risks of entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience.

Our failure to successfully complete the integration of any acquired business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on favorable terms.

Any failure of our internal controls over financial reporting or our compliance efforts could harm our financial and operating results or result in fines or penalties if our employees or distributors violate any material laws or regulations.

We have implemented internal controls to help ensure the accuracy of our financial reporting and have implemented compliance policies and programs to help ensure that our employees and distributors comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Our internal audit team regularly audits our internal controls and various aspects of our business and we regularly assess the effectiveness of our internal controls.  In addition, our independent external auditor audits our controls and provides its opinion regarding the effectiveness of our controls.  There can be no assurance, however, that these internal or external assessments and audits will identify all significant or material weaknesses in our internal controls.  If we fail to identify a material weakness or if we fail to correct any noted weakness there would be a risk that we may have to restate financial statements if the material weakness resulted in a material misstatement in our financial results.

- 39 -

From time to time, we initiate further investigations into our business operations based on the results of these audits or complaints, questions, or allegations made by employees or other parties regarding our business practices and operations.  In addition, our business and operations may be investigated by applicable government authorities.  In the event any of these investigations identify material violations of applicable laws by our employees or distributors, we could be subject to adverse publicity, fines, penalties or loss of licenses or permits.

System failures could harm our business.

Because of our diverse geographic operations and our complex distributor compensation plan, our business is highly dependent on efficiently functioning information technology systems. These systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fires, earthquakes, telecommunications failures and other events. They are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. We have adopted and implemented a Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery Plan. Our primary data sets are archived and stored at third-party secure sites.  We have set up a recovery site for certain critical data and operations related to our distributors and we are currently setting up a recovery site for certain other critical data and operations. Despite these precautions, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems could result in interruptions in services and reduce our revenue and profits.

Epidemics and other global health risks could negatively impact our business.

Our revenue was negatively impacted in 2003 by the SARS epidemic that hit Asia during that year. It is difficult to predict the impact on our business, if any, of a recurrence of SARS, or the emergence of new epidemics, such as avian flu or H1N1 flu. Although such events could generate increased sales of health and immune supplements and certain personal care products, our direct selling and retail activities and results of operations could be harmed if the fear of any communicable and rapidly spreading disease results in travel restrictions or causes people to avoid group meetings or gatherings or interaction with other people. In addition, most of our Pharmanex nutritional supplement revenue is generated from products that are encapsulated in bovine- and/or porcine-sourced gel capsules. If we experience production difficulties, quality control problems, or shortages in supply in connection with bovine or porcine related health concerns, this could result in additional risk of product shortages or write-offs of inventory that no longer can be used. We may be unable to introduce our products in some markets if we are unable to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals or if any product ingredients are prohibited, which could harm our business.

The market price of our Class A common stock is subject to significant fluctuations due to a number of factors that are beyond our control.

Our Class A common stock closed at $23.39 per share on February 1, 2010 and closed at $50.60 per share on February 1, 2012. During this two-year period, our Class A common stock traded as low as $22.86 per share and as high as $51.67 per share. Many factors could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fall. Some of these factors include:

•   fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

•   the sale of shares of Class A common stock by our original or significant stockholders;

•   general trends in the market for our products;

•   acquisitions by us or our competitors;

•   economic and/or currency exchange issues in markets in which we operate;

•   changes in estimates of our operating performance or changes in recommendations by securities analysts; and

•   general business and political conditions.

- 40 -

Broad market fluctuations could also lower the market price of our Class A common stock regardless of our actual operating performance.

If our stockholders sell a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall.

Several of our principal stockholders hold a large number of shares of the outstanding Class A common stock. A decision by any of our principal stockholders to aggressively sell shares could depress the market price of our Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 62.3 million shares of Class A common stock outstanding.

ITEM 1B.                      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.                      PROPERTIES

Our principal properties consist of the following:

Operational Facilities.  These facilities include administrative offices, walk-in centers, and warehouse/distribution centers.  Our operational facilities measuring 30,000 square feet or more include the following:

•   our worldwide headquarters in Provo, Utah;

•   our worldwide distribution center/warehouse in Provo, Utah; and

•   our distribution center in Tokyo, Japan.

Manufacturing Facilities.  Each of our manufacturing facilities measure 30,000 square feet or more, and include the following:

•   our nutritional supplement manufacturing facility in Zhejiang Province, China;

•   our personal care manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China;

•   our VitaMeal manufacturing facility in Jixi, Heilongjiang Province, China;

•   our herbal extraction facility in Zhejiang Province, China.

Retail Stores.  As of December 31, 2011, we operated 40 stores throughout China.

Research and Development Centers.  We operate three research and development centers, one in Provo, Utah, one in Shanghai, China, and one in Beijing, China.  In 2011, we began construction on state-of-the-art innovation centers at our corporate headquarters in Provo, Utah and our Greater China regional headquarters in Shanghai, China. We believe the Provo and Shanghai facilities will cost approximately $90 million and $55 million, respectively, and anticipate that both facilities will be completed in 2013.

- 41 -

 We own our corporate headquarters buildings, distribution center and research and development center located in Provo, Utah. We also own personal care and nutritional supplement plants in China, and a few other minor facilities. We currently lease the other properties described above.  We believe that our existing and planned facilities are adequate for our current operations in each of our existing markets.

ITEM 3.                      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Japan Customs

 We are currently involved in two separate disputes with customs authorities in Japan with respect to duty assessments on several of our Pharmanex nutritional products. The first dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2002 through June 2005. The dispute relates to whether we used the proper valuation method for these products in determining the applicable customs duties.  The primary legal issue in the case is whether the relevant import transaction is a sale between our third party manufacturers and our Japan subsidiary, or a sale between our United States subsidiary and our Japan subsidiary. In 1999, we worked with the Yokohama Customs authorities to restructure the form of the relevant transactions in order to have the import transaction be a sale between our third party manufacturers and our Japan subsidiary, and thus have the duties assessed on the price paid to our third party manufacturers. With the input and guidance of the Yokohama Customs authorities, we restructured the form of the transaction and the agreements between the relevant parties based on these discussions so that our United States subsidiary would be acting on behalf of our Japan subsidiary with respect to the purchase of these products rather than as a buyer/seller. Our Japan subsidiary entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with each of our third party manufacturers of the relevant products, which provided that our Japan subsidiary was the purchaser of the products and that our United States subsidiary was acting for and on behalf of our Japan subsidiary with respect to these products. Our Japan subsidiary also entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with our United States subsidiary documenting the same agency relationship. We believe that these legal documents establish that our United States subsidiary was acting as an agent and not buyer and seller of the relevant products. The additional assessment of duties by Yokohama Customs was based on its re-characterization of the transaction as a sale between our United States subsidiary and our Japan subsidiary for custom law purposes despite the legal form of the transaction. We do not believe the legal documentation supports the re-characterization of these transactions. We filed a complaint in the Tokyo District Court Civil Action Section in December 2006 to reverse the additional assessments. In March 2011, the Tokyo District Court denied our complaint and upheld the additional assessments. As a result of this decision, we recorded an expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments, or $32.8 million, in the first quarter of 2011. The charge was a non-cash item, as we were previously required to pay the assessments. We strongly disagree with the Tokyo District Court’s decision and have appealed the matter to the Tokyo High Court. We currently anticipate that this appeal will be decided in 2012.

- 42 -

The second dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2006 through September 2009 in connection with post-importation audits, as well as the disputed portion of our import duties from October 2009 to the present, which we have or will hold in bond or pay under protest. The aggregate amount of these assessments and disputed duties was 3.9 billion Japanese yen as of December 31, 2011 (approximately $50.7 million), net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Additional assessments related to any prior period would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. The issue in this case is whether a United States entity utilizing a commissionaire agent in Japan to import its products can use the manufacturer’s invoice or must use another valuation method, and, if an alternative method must be used, what the allowable deductions would be in determining the proper valuation.  Following our review of the assessments and after consulting with our legal and customs advisors, we believe that the additional assessments are improper and are not supported by applicable customs laws. We filed letters of protest with Yokohama Customs, which were rejected. We then appealed the matter to the Ministry of Finance in Japan. In May 2011, we received notice that, as we had anticipated, the Ministry of Finance in Japan denied our administrative appeal. We disagree with the Ministry of Finance’s administrative decision. We are now pursuing the matter in Tokyo District Court, which we believe will provide a more independent determination of the matter. In addition, we are currently being required to post a bond or make a deposit equal to the difference between our declared duties and the amount the customs authorities have determined we should be paying on all current imports. Because we believe that the higher rate determined by the customs authorities is an improper application of the regulations, we are currently expensing the portion of the duties we believe is supported under applicable customs law, and recording the additional deposit or payment as a receivable within long-term assets on our consolidated financial statements. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid or held in bond, we will likely record a non-cash expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments.

Lazerson, Craig & Harper

In 2010, Scott Lazerson (“Lazerson”), Elizabeth Craig (“Craig”) and Brady Harper (“Harper”) were arrested by Provo City Police and charged in the Utah Fourth District Court with crimes associated with the alleged theft of our products. After a preliminary hearing, the Court found probable cause to bind the case over against Lazerson with respect to charges of theft by deception, but refused to bind the matter over for trial against Craig and Harper and dismissed charges against them.  In September 2011, Craig and Harper filed suit against us and our subsidiaries in the Utah Fourth District Court for malicious prosecution, abuse of criminal process, defamation and intentional infliction of emotional distress.  In aggregate, the proposed complaint would seek damages in excess of approximately $42 million and punitive damages in the amount of $200 million.  We believe the complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend ourselves.  In August 2011, we filed suit in the Utah Fourth District Court against Lazerson and Nu Lite Sales, LLC (“Nu Lite”), an entity owned by Craig and Harper, alleging fraud, negligent misrepresentation, conversion and unjust enrichment and seeking declaratory and equitable relief.  A counterclaim was filed by Nu Lite that includes factual allegations similar to those set forth in the complaint filed on behalf of Craig and Harper.  The counterclaim alleges conversion and tortious interference with prospective business relations, and seeks aggregate damages in excess of $2 million and punitive damages in the amount of $20 million.  We believe the counterclaim is without merit.

ITEM 4.                      MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

- 43 -

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and trades under the symbol “NUS.”  The following table is based upon the information available to us and sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices for our Class A common stock for the quarterly periods during 2010 and 2011 based upon quotations on the NYSE.

Quarter Ended	High	Low
March 31, 2010	$            30.23	$            22.86
June 30, 2010	33.99	23.12
September 30, 2010	29.87	23.55
December 31, 2010	32.72	28.24

Quarter Ended	High	Low
March 31, 2011	$            33.08	$            27.50
June 30, 2011	39.35	28.53
September 30, 2011	46.93	35.44
December 31, 2011	51.67	37.67

The market price of our Class A common stock is subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in our quarterly operating results, general trends in the market for our products and product candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign markets in which we operate and other factors, many of which are not within our control.  In addition, broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, business, regulatory and political conditions may adversely affect the market for our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual or projected performance.

The closing price of our Class A common stock on February 1, 2012, was $50.60.  The approximate number of holders of record of our Class A common stock as of February 1, 2012 was 571.  This number of holders of record does not represent the actual number of beneficial owners of shares of our Class A common stock because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the right to vote their shares.

Dividends

We declared and paid a $0.125 per share dividend for Class A common stock in March, June, September and December of 2010, a $0.135 per share quarterly dividend for Class A common stock in March and June 2011 and a $0.16 per share quarterly dividend in September and December of 2011.  The board of directors has approved an increased quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share of Class A common stock to be paid on March 14, 2012, to stockholders of record on February 24, 2012.  Annually, this would increase the dividend to $0.80 from $0.59 in the prior year. Management believes that cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund this and future dividend payments, if any.

We expect to continue to pay dividends on our common stock.  However, the declaration of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our net earnings, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

- 44 -

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

	(a)	(b)	(c)	(d)
Period	Total Number of Shares  Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that may yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (in millions)(1)
October 1 – 31, 2011	231,900	$      41.19	231,900	$              93.1
November 1 – 30, 2011	52,919	45.05	52,683	90.7
December 1 – 31, 2011	88,178	47.01	88,178	86.3
Total	372,997(2)	43.11	372,761

(1) In August 1998, our board of directors approved a plan to repurchase $10.0 million of our Class A common stock on the open market or in private transactions. Our board has from time to time increased the amount authorized under the plan and a total amount of approximately $485.0 million is currently authorized. As of December 31, 2011, we had repurchased approximately $398.7 million of shares under the plan. There has been no termination or expiration of the plan since the initial date of approval.

(2) We have authorized the repurchase of shares acquired by our employees and distributors in certain foreign markets because of regulatory and other issues that make it difficult or costly for these persons to sell such shares in the open market.  These shares were awarded or acquired in connection with our initial public offering in 1996.  Of the shares listed in this column, in November 236 shares at an average price per share of $49.00 relate to repurchases from such employees and distributors.

- 45 -

Stock Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus dividends) on our Class A Common Stock with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index, a market-weighted index of publicly traded peers used in last year’s report (the “Old Peer Group”),  and a market-weighted index of a new peer group of publicly traded peers (the “New Peer Group”) for the period from December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011.  The graph assumes that $100 was invested in each of the Class A Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, and each of the indexes of publicly traded peers on December 31, 2006 and that all dividends were reinvested.  We have omitted Alberto Culver Co. from our New Peer Group.  Alberto Culver Co. was removed because it was acquired in 2011 and is no longer publicly traded.  We have added the following companies to our New Peer Group:  Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc., Weight Watchers International, Inc., Mannatech, Inc. and Elizabeth Arden, Inc., because we believe these companies operate in industries and product categories that are similar to ours.  The New Peer Group consists of the following companies, which compete in our industry and product categories:  Avon Products, Inc., Estee Lauder, Tupperware Corporation, Herbalife LTD., USANA Health Sciences, Inc., Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc., Weight Watchers International, Inc., Mannatech, Inc. and Elizabeth Arden, Inc.

Measured Period	Company	S&P 500 Index	New Peer Group Index	Old Peer Group Index
December 31, 2006	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
December 31, 2007	92.44	105.49	110.51	116.59
December 31, 2008	60.50	66.46	71.55	75.47
December 31, 2009	160.70	84.05	102.74	113.01
December 31, 2010	184.22	96.71	125.81	137.10
December 31, 2011	300.26	98.75	139.22	145.23

- 46 -

ITEM 6.                      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2007			2008			2009			2010			2011
	(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data and cash dividends)
Income Statement Data:
Revenue	$	1,157,667		$	1,247,646		$	1,331,058		$	1,537,259		$	1,743,991
Cost of sales		209,283			228,597			243,648			272,431			322,624
Gross profit		948,384			1,019,049			1,087,410			1,264,828			1,421,367
Operating expenses:
Selling expenses		499,095			533,151			559,605			646,348			751,448
General and administrative expenses		358,601			360,470			369,368			401,418			436,177
Restructuring charges		19,775			—			10,724			—			—
Total operating expenses		877,471			893,621			939,697			1,047,766			1,187,625
Operating income		70,913			125,428			147,713			217,062			233,742
Other income (expense), net		(2,435	)		(24,775	)		(6,589	)		(9,449	)		(6,973	)
Income before provision for income taxes		68,478			100,653			141,124			207,613			226,769
Provision for income taxes		24,606			35,306			51,279			71,562			73,439
Net income	$	43,872		$	65,347		$	89,845		$	136,051		$	153,330
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.68		$	1.03		$	1.42		$	2.18		$	2.47
Diluted	$	0.67		$	1.02		$	1.40		$	2.11		$	2.38
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000s):
Basic		64,783			63,510			63,333			62,370			62,066
Diluted		65,584			64,132			64,296			64,547			64,546
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents and current investments	$	92,552		$	114,586		$	158,045		$	230,337		$	290,701
Working capital		95,175			124,036			152,731			206,078			288,916
Total assets		683,243			709,772			748,449			892,224			990,956
Current portion of long-term debt		31,441			30,196			35,400			27,865			28,608
Long-term debt		169,229			158,760			121,119			133,013			107,944
Stockholders’ equity		275,009			316,180			375,687			471,249			574,236
Cash dividends declared		0.42			0.44			0.46			0.50			0.59
Supplemental Operating Data (at end of period):
Approximate number of active distributors(1)		755,000			761,000			761,000			799,000			855,000
Number of executive distributors(1)		30,002			30,588			32,939			35,676			41,816

(1) Active distributors include preferred customers and distributors purchasing products directly from us during the three months ended as of the date indicated.  An executive distributor is an active distributor who has achieved required personal and group sales volumes.

- 47 -

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operation should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto, which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a leading, global direct selling company with operations in 52 markets worldwide.  We develop and distribute innovative, premium-quality anti-aging personal care products and nutritional supplements under our Nu Skin and Pharmanex brands, respectively.  We strive to secure competitive advantage in four key areas: our people, our products, the culture we promote, and the business opportunities we offer.  In 2011, we posted record revenue of $1.74 billion.  Revenue in 2011 grew 13%, driven by sustained interest in our product portfolio, including our ageLOC anti-aging products, healthy distributor sponsoring and retention and continued growth in our emerging markets, including China, South Asia and South Korea.  As of December 31, 2011, we had aglobal network of more than 850,000 active independent distributors.  More than 40,000 of our distributors were qualified sales leaders we refer to as “executive distributors.”  Our executive distributors play a critical leadership role in the growth and development of our business.  Approximately 88% of our 2011 revenue came from markets outside the United States.  While we have become more geographically diverse over the past decade, Japan, our largest revenue market, accounted for approximately 27% of our 2011 total revenue.  Due to the size of our foreign operations, our results are often impacted by foreign currency fluctuations.  In addition, our results are generally impacted by global economic, political, demographic and business conditions.

Our revenue depends on the number and productivity of our active distributors and executive distributor leaders.  We have been successful in attracting and motivating distributors by:

•      developing and marketing innovative, technologically and scientifically advanced products;

• providing compelling initiatives and strong distributor support; and

•      offering attractive incentives that motivate distributors to build sales organizations.

Our distributors market and sell our products and recruit new distributors based on the distinguishing benefits and innovative characteristics of our products.  As a result, it is vital to our business that we continuously leverage our research and development resources to develop and introduce innovative products and provide our distributors with an attractive portfolio of products.  Over the last four years, we have successfully introduced a suite of innovative ageLOC anti-aging skin care and nutritional products, including our ageLOC Transformation daily skin care system, Galvanic Spa Gels with ageLOC, ageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion ageLOC Vitality nutritional supplement, ageLOC R2anti-aging nutritional supplement system. We are currently developing additional ageLOC anti-aging products for the future. Our ageLOC products are designed to positively influence the expression of genes that we believe play a critical role in the aging process.  We also offer unique initiatives, products, and business tools, such as our ageLOC Galvanic Spa Systems and Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner, to help distributors effectively differentiate our earnings opportunity and product offering.  Any delays or difficulties in introducing compelling products or attractive initiatives or tools into our markets may have a negative impact on our revenue and distributor recruiting.

We generally introduce a new product, in all markets where the product is registered, through limited offerings in connection with global and regional distributor events. The limited offerings typically generate significant distributor activity and a high level of distributor purchasing. This generally results in a higher than normal increase in revenue during the quarter of the limited offerings. For example, limited offerings of ageLOC R2 in connection with our global convention in October 2011 generated over $78 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. We typically launch a product for general sales a few months following the limited offerings. Information regarding product launches below refers to the launch of the product for general sales and not to the limited offering used to introduce the product.

- 48 -

Our extensive global distributor network helps us to rapidly introduce products and penetrate our markets with little up-front promotional expense.  Similar to other companies in our industry, we experience a high level of turnover among our distributors.  As a result, it is important that we regularly introduce innovative and compelling products and initiatives in order to maintain a compelling business opportunity that will attract new distributors.  We have also developed, and continue to promote in many of our markets, product subscription and loyalty programs that provide incentives for customers to commit to purchase a specific amount of products on a monthly basis.  We believe these subscription programs have improved customer retention, have had a stabilizing impact on revenue, and have helped generate recurring sales for our distributors.  Subscription orders represented 56% of our revenue in 2011.

Despite difficult economic conditions, we experienced healthy growth in 2011.  We believe we have benefited from the nature of our distribution model and strong execution around a demonstrative product/opportunity initiative, which has helped offset to some degree the impact of weaker consumer spending.  As a direct selling company, we offer a direct selling opportunity that allows an individual to supplement his/her income by selling our products and building a sales organization to market and sell our products.  As the economy and the labor market decline, we find that there can be an increase in the number of people interested in becoming distributors in order to supplement their income.  We believe that this increase in interest in our direct selling opportunity coupled with the strong marketing position of our new ageLOC anti-aging products and our other products and tools have helped us to continue growing our business in these difficult economic conditions.  However, if the economic problems are prolonged or worsen, we expect that we could see a negative impact on our business as distributors may have a more difficult time selling products and finding new customers.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations globally, particularly with respect to network marketing activities, cosmetics, and nutritional supplements.  Accordingly, we face certain risks, including any improper claims or activities of our distributors or any inability to obtain or maintain necessary product registrations.  For example, we continue to experience heightened regulatory and media scrutiny of the direct selling industry in Japan. Several direct sellers in Japan have been penalized for actions of distributors that violated applicable regulations.  We could face similar penalties if we are unable to effectively manage the activities of our distributors.

- 49 -

Income Statement Presentation

We report revenue in five geographic regions and we translate revenue from each market’s local currency into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates.  The following table sets forth revenue information by region for the periods indicated.  This table should be reviewed in connection with the tables presented under “Results of Operations,” which disclose selling expenses and other costs associated with generating the aggregate revenue presented.

Revenue by Region

	Year Ended December 31,
(U.S. dollars in millions)	2009				2010				2011
North Asia	$	606.1	45	%	$	686.1	45	%	$	751.2	43	%
Greater China		210.4	16			268.2	17			341.9	20
Americas		260.9	20			250.0	16			252.0	14
South Asia/Pacific		120.1	9			182.8	12			236.2	14
Europe		133.6	10			150.2	10			162.7	9
	$	1,331.1	100	%	$	1,537.3	100	%	$	1,744.0	100	%

Cost of sales primarily consists of:

•           cost of products purchased from third-party vendors, generally in U.S. dollars;

•           costs of self-manufactured products;

•           cost of sales materials which we sell to distributors at or near cost;

•           amortization expenses associated with certain products and services such as the Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanners that are leased to distributors;

•           freight cost of shipping products to distributors and import duties for the products; and

•           royalties and related expenses for licensed technologies.

We source the majority of our products from third-party manufacturers located in the United States.  Due to Chinese government restrictions on the importation of finished goods applicable to the current scope of our business in China, we are required to manufacture the bulk of our own products for distribution in China. Cost of sales and gross profit may fluctuate as a result of changes in the ratio between self-manufactured products and products sourced from third-party suppliers.  In addition, because we purchase a significant majority of our goods in U.S. dollars and recognize revenue in local currencies, we are subject to exchange rate risks in our gross margins.  Because our gross margins vary from product to product and are higher in some markets such as Japan, changes in product mix and geographic revenue mix can impact our gross margins.

Selling expenses are our most significant expense and are classified as operating expenses.  Selling expenses include distributor commissions, costs for incentive trips and other rewards, as well as wages, benefits, bonuses and other labor and unemployment expenses we pay to our sales force in China. Our global compensation plan, which we employ in all of our markets except China, is an important factor in our ability to attract and retain distributors.  We pay monthly commissions to several levels of distributors on each product sale based upon a distributor’s personal and group product volumes, as well as the group product volumes of up to six levels of executive distributors in such distributor’s downline sales organization.  We do not pay commissions on sales materials, which are sold to distributors at or near cost.  Small fluctuations occur in the amount of commissions paid as the network of distributors actively purchasing products changes from month to month.  However, due to the size of our distributor force of more than 850,000 active distributors, the fluctuation in the overall payout is relatively small.  The overall compensation has typically averaged between 41% and 44% of global product sales.  From time to time, we make modifications and enhancements to our global compensation plan in an effort to help motivate distributors and develop leadership characteristics, which can have an impact on selling expenses.

- 50 -

Distributors also have the opportunity to make retail profits by purchasing products from us at wholesale and selling them to customers with a retail mark-up.  We do not account for nor pay additional commissions on these retail mark-ups received by distributors.  In many markets, we also allow individuals who are not distributors, whom we refer to as “preferred customers,”  to buy products directly from us at wholesale or discounted prices. We pay commissions on preferred customer purchases to the referring distributors.

General and administrative expenses include:

•      wages and benefits;

•      rents and utilities;

•      depreciation and amortization;

•      promotion and advertising;

•      professional fees;

•      travel;

•      research and development; and

•      other operating expenses.

Labor expenses are the most significant portion of our general and administrative expenses.  Promotion and advertising expenses include costs of distributor conventions held in various markets worldwide, which we expense in the period in which they are incurred.  Because our various distributor conventions are not always held during each fiscal year, or in the same period each year, their impact on our general and administrative expenses may vary from year to year and from quarter to quarter.  For example, we held our global convention in October 2011 and will have another global convention in the fall of 2013 as we currently plan to hold a global convention every other year.  In addition, we hold regional conventions and conventions in our major markets at different times during the year.  These conventions have significant expenses associated with them.  Because we have not incurred expenses for these conventions during every fiscal year or in comparable interim periods, year-over-year comparisons have been impacted accordingly.

Provision for income taxes depends on the statutory tax rates in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  For example, statutory tax rates in 2011 were approximately 16.5% in Hong Kong, 17% in Taiwan, 24.5% in South Korea, 45% in Japan and 25% in China.  We are subject to taxation in the United States at the statutory corporate federal tax rate of 35% and we pay taxes in multiple states within the United States at various tax rates.  Our overall effective tax rate was 32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

- 51 -

Critical Accounting Policies

The following critical accounting policies and estimates should be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto.  Management considers our critical accounting policies to be the recognition of revenue, accounting for income taxes, accounting for intangible assets and accounting for stock-based compensation.  In each of these areas, management makes estimates based on historical results, current trends and future projections.

Revenue. We recognize revenue when products are shipped, which is when title and risk of loss pass to our independent distributors and preferred customers who are our customers. With some exceptions in various countries, we offer a return policy whereby distributors can return unopened and unused product for up to 12 months subject to a 10% restocking fee.  Reported revenue is net of returns, which have historically been less than 5% of annual revenue.  A reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience.  We classify selling discounts as a reduction of revenue.  Our selling expenses are computed pursuant to our global compensation plan for our distributors, which is focused on remunerating distributors based primarily upon the selling efforts of the distributors and the volume of products purchased by their downlines, and not their personal purchases.

Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification. These standards establish financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an enterprise’s activities during the current and preceding years.  We take an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.  We pay income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized in those jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany transactions among our affiliates around the world.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are created in this process.  As of December 31, 2011, we had net deferred tax assets of $51.4 million.  These net deferred tax assets assume sufficient future earnings will exist for their realization, as well as the continued application of current tax rates.  In certain foreign jurisdictions valuation allowances have been recorded against the deferred tax assets specifically related to use of net operating losses.  When we determine that there is sufficient taxable income to utilize the net operating losses, the valuation allowances will be released.  In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period such determination was made.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  During 2011, we entered into a closing agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) for all adjustments for the 2005 through 2008 tax years.  With a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S., federal, state and local income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2005.  In 2009, we entered into a voluntary program with the IRS called Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”).  The objective of CAP is to contemporaneously work with the IRS to achieve federal tax compliance and resolve all or most of the issues prior to filing of the tax return.  We have elected to participate in the CAP program for 2012 and may elect to continue participating in CAP for future tax years; we may withdraw from the program at any time.  In major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to income tax examinations for years before 2005.  Along with the IRS examination, we are currently under examination in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the outcomes of those reviews are not yet determinable.

- 52 -

At December 31, 2011, we had $7.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $3.1 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  In comparison, at December 31, 2010, we had $14.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $2.4 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. During each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recognized approximately $(0.8) million and $(1.7) million in interest and penalties expenses/(benefits), respectively. We had approximately $3.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

We are subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.  These audits may result in additional tax liabilities.  We account for such contingent liabilities in accordance with relevant accounting standards and believe we have appropriately provided for income taxes for all years.  Several factors drive the calculation of our tax reserves.  Some of these factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of limitations; (ii) changes in tax law and regulations; (iii) issuance of tax rulings; and (iv) settlements with tax authorities.  Changes in any of these factors may result in adjustments to our reserves, which would impact our reported financial results.

Intangible Assets. Acquired intangible assets may represent indefinite-lived assets, determinable-lived intangibles, or goodwill. Of these, only the costs of determinable-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. The value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and residual goodwill is not amortized, but is tested at least annually for impairment. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles. We test goodwill for impairment, at least annually, by reviewing the book value compared to the fair value at the reportable unit level. We test individual indefinite-lived intangibles at least annually by reviewing the individual book values compared to the fair value.  Considerable management judgment is necessary to measure fair value. We did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets during the periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation. All share-based payments to employees are recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values using an option-pricing model at the date of grant. We use a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of options. Stock based compensation expense is recognized net of any estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

- 53 -

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our operating results as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Revenue		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of sales		18.3			17.7			18.5
Gross profit		81.7			82.3			81.5
Operating expenses:
Selling expenses		41.4			42.1			43.1
General and administrative expenses		28.4			26.1			25.0
Restructuring charges		0.8			—			—
Total operating expenses		70.6			68.2			68.1
Operating income		11.1			14.1			13.4
Other income (expense), net		(0.5	)		(0.6	)		(0.4	)
Income before provision for income taxes		10.6			13.5			13.0
Provision for income taxes		3.8			4.6			4.2
Net income		6.8	%		8.9	%		8.8	%

2011 Compared to 2010

Overview

Revenue in 2011 increased 13% to $1.74 billion from $1.54 billion in 2010.  Our revenue growth in 2011 was driven by sustained interest in our product portfolio, including our ageLOC anti-aging products, healthy distributor sponsoring and retention and continued growth in our emerging markets, including China, South Asia and South Korea. Over the last four years, we have successfully introduced a suite of innovative ageLOC anti-aging skin care and nutritional products, including our ageLOC Transformation anti-aging skin care system, ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II, Galvanic Spa Gels with ageLOC, and ageLOC Vitality nutritional supplement. In connection with our global convention in October 2011, we introduced our ageLOC R2 anti-aging nutritional supplement system and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa together with ourageLOC Galvanic Spa Body Shaping Gel and ageLOC Dermatic Effects Body Contouring Lotion. Limited offerings of ageLOC R2 and ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa with its associated products generated over $78 million and $18 million, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2011. We currently plan to launch these products in the majority of our markets globally throughout 2012 and 2013. Foreign currency exchange fluctuations had a 6% positive impact on revenue in 2011 compared to 2010. Our executive and active distributors globally grew 17% and 7%, respectively, compared to the prior-year period.

Earnings per share in 2011 increased to $2.38, or $2.69 excluding non-cash charges of $32.8 million associated with the first quarter Japan customs ruling, discussed below under Gross Profit, compared to $2.11 in 2010 on a diluted basis. Earnings per share excluding Japan customs expense is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.  The increase in earnings is largely the result of increased revenue, as discussed above, coupled with improved margins and controlled expenses.

- 54 -

Revenue

North Asia.  The following table sets forth revenue for the North Asia region and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2010		2011		Change
Japan	$	471.4	$	472.5		*
South Korea		214.7		278.7		30%
North Asia total	$	686.1	$	751.2		9%

* Change less than 1%

Foreign currency fluctuations positively impacted revenue by 8% in this region compared to the prior-year period.

 Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, revenue in Japan decreased 9% in 2011 compared to 2010.  The March 2011 natural disasters that occurred in Japan negatively impacted our sales in this market during the year. Although this market is still in the process of recovering, we do not currently anticipate any increase in the negative impact of these natural disasters during 2012. We continue to experience some weakness in Japan, with active and executive distributor counts decreasing 8% and 6%, respectively, in Japan compared to the prior year. The direct selling industry and most direct selling companies in Japan have been in decline for several years in this challenging market.  Substantial regulatory and media scrutiny of the industry continues to negatively impact the industry and our business.  As a result of this increased scrutiny, we continue to focus on distributor compliance and have also been cautious in both our corporate and our distributor’s marketing activities.  In the first quarter of 2011, following a successful introduction in late 2010, we launched our ageLOC Vitality. We launched ageLOC R2 in Japan in January 2012 and currently plan to launch our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the second half of 2012. We believe that we may continue to see modest local currency revenue declines in Japan during 2012, based on continued weakness in distributor numbers and our anticipation that difficult regulatory conditions will continue throughout 2012.

South Korea posted strong year-over-year revenue growth.  This growth reflects continued strong distributor growth and interest generated by our ageLOC products including the launch of our ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II and the restaging of our TRA weight management products in the first half of 2011, and the introduction of ageLOC R2 during the fourth quarter of 2011. We currently plan to launch our ageLOC R2 in South Korea in the first half of 2012 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the first quarter of 2013. Our active and executive distributor counts in South Korea increased 20% and 24%, respectively, compared to the prior year.

- 55 -

Greater China.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Greater China region and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2010		2011		Change
China	$	91.4	$	152.5		67%
Taiwan		107.1		108.9		2%
Hong Kong		69.7		80.5		15%
Greater China total	$	268.2	$	341.9		27%

 Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in the Greater China region by 5% in 2011.

 Strong revenue and sales force growth in the Greater China region, including significant growth in China, was driven by continued interest in our business opportunity and our strong product portfolio, including our ageLOC products. The region was also positively impacted by successful sales initiatives and excitement surrounding the initial introduction of ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the fourth quarter of 2011. We currently plan to introduce ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products through a second limited offer in connection with the Greater China regional convention in the second quarter of 2012. We currently plan to launch our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products in China and Hong Kong, and our ageLOC R2 throughout the region in 2013.

 Local currency revenue in China and Hong Kong were up 59% and 16%, respectively, while Taiwan was down 5% in 2011 compared to 2010.  Hong Kong benefited from sales of our new ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products, as most of the sales in the region during the limited offer were recorded in Hong Kong, including sales to distributors from outside Hong Kong. China reported a 50% and 77% increase in preferred customers and number of sales representatives, respectively, compared to the prior-year period. Active distributors in Taiwan remained level and executive distributors increased 15% compared to the prior-year period.  Executive and active distributors in Hong Kong were up 24% and 5%, respectively, compared to 2010.

Americas.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Americas region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2010		2011		Change
Americas	$	250.0	$	252.0		1%

Revenue in the Americas increased slightly in 2011 compared to 2010. Successful product launches in the region in 2010 presented a difficult year-over-year comparison for 2011. The region was positively impacted by the introduction of our ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in the fourth quarter of 2011 at our global convention in the United States. We launched our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related productsin the United States and Canada in January 2012 and currently plan to launch these products in the majority of our markets in the region in 2012. Regional results also benefited from approximately $13 million of convention sales to distributors from outside the region. Excluding the impact of the non-region convention sales, revenue in the Americas would have been down 4% in 2011, compared to the prior-year. The opening of Argentina in the second quarter of 2011 contributed to 37% local currency revenue growth in Latin America, compared to the prior year. Active distributors in the region increased 3% in 2011 and executive distributors increased 1% compared to the prior-year period.

- 56 -

South Asia/Pacific.  The following table sets forth revenue for the South Asia/Pacific region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2010		2011		Change
South Asia/Pacific	$	182.8	$	236.2		29%

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in South Asia/Pacific by 7% in 2011 compared to the same prior-year period. Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, revenue growth of 22% in this region was driven primarily by robust distributor growth and activity, along with continued interest in our strong product portfolio, including our ageLOC and TRA weight management products. The region was positively impacted by the introduction of our ageLOC R2 and our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in connection with our global convention in the fourth quarter of 2011. In January 2012, we launched our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products in the Pacific. We currently plan to launch our ageLOC R2 and ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and associated products throughout the region in 2012. Executive distributors in the region increased 43% while active distributors increased 18% compared to the prior year. We currently anticipate that extensive flooding in Thailand during the fourth quarter of 2011 may continue to negatively impact sales and distributor activities in that market through the first half of 2012.

Europe.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Europe region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2010		2011		Change
Europe	$	150.2	$	162.7		8%

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in Europe by 5% in 2011 compared to the prior year.  On a local currency basis, revenue in Europe grew by 4% in 2011 compared to 2010.  However, local currency revenue in Europe decreased 6% year-over-year in the fourth quarter, primarily due to softness in our distributor numbers and difficulty obtaining regulatory approvals to introduce our ageLOC products in each of the markets in this region.  We introduced our ageLOC Galvanic Body Spa and related products in Europe in the first quarter of 2012, and currently plan to launch these products during the second quarter of 2012. We currently plan to introduce our ageLOC R2in the majority of our markets in the region in the fourth quarter of 2012, followed by a second quarter 2013 launch.  Our active distributor count in our Europe region increased by 2% and our executive distributor count remained level when compared to 2010.

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue in 2011 decreased to 81.5% compared to 82.3% in 2010.  In March 2011, the Tokyo District Court upheld a disputed $32.8 million customs assessment on certain of our products imported into Japan. As a result of this decision, we recorded an expense within cost of sales for the full amount of the disputed assessments in the first quarter of 2011. The charge is a non-cash item, as we were previously required to pay the assessments. We have appealed this decision and expect a decision on the appeal in 2012. Excluding this $32.8 million non-cash charge, gross profit as a percentage of revenue for 2011 was 83.4%, reflecting supply chain improvements and foreign currency benefits. Gross profit excluding Japan customs expense is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below. We anticipate that our gross profit as a percentage of revenue will be approximately 83.5% in 2012.

- 57 -

Selling expenses

Selling expenses increased as a percentage of revenue at 43.1% in 2011 compared to 42.1% in 2010. This increase reflects growth in the number of independent distributors qualifying for various promotional sales incentives and trips.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue to 25.0% in 2011 from 26.1% in 2010, primarily as a result of increased revenue and controlled expenses.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), netwas $7.0 million of expense in 2011 compared to $9.4 million of expense in 2010.  The decrease in expense is due primarily to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Because it is impossible to predict foreign currency fluctuations, we cannot estimate the degree to which our other income expense will be impacted in the future.  Other income (expense), net also includes approximately $4.8 million and $5.8 million in interest expense during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased to $73.4 million in 2011 from $71.6 million in 2010. The effective tax rate decreased to 32.4% in 2011 from 34.5% of pre-tax income in 2010. The lower income tax rate was primarily attributable to a one-time discrete tax benefit of $7.7 million associated with the effective settlement of an IRS audit for tax years 2005 – 2008.  During the third quarter, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS on the Extraterritorial Income Exclusion for the exportation of products outside the United States. We anticipate our tax rate will be approximately 35.5% to 36% in 2012.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased to $153.3 million in 2011, or $173.8 million excluding $32.8 million (approximately $20.5 million, net of tax) in Japan customs expense, compared to $136.1 million in 2010. Net income excluding Japan customs expense is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

2010 Compared to 2009

Overview

Revenue in 2010 increased 15% to $1.54 billion from $1.33 billion in 2009.  Our revenue growth in 2010 was driven by the global launch of our ageLOC anti-aging products, including our ageLOC Transformation skin care system. We also introduced ageLOC Vitality, our first ageLOC nutritional product designed to address the internal sources of aging, in Japan, the United States, Canada, and certain of our markets in Europe and Latin America during the second half of 2010. Foreign currency exchange fluctuations had a 5% positive impact on revenue in 2010 compared to 2009.  Our revenue growth rates were the highest in China, South Korea and the South Asia/Pacific region. We also saw improving trends in Japan, as the rate of local currency revenue decline in that market decreased compared to the prior year.

Earnings per share in 2010 increased to $2.11 compared to $1.40 in 2009 on a diluted basis. The increase in earnings is largely the result of increased revenue, as discussed above, coupled with improved margins and controlled expenses.  Earnings per share comparisons were also impacted by restructuring charges in 2009 totaling $6.8 million (net of taxes of $3.9 million), or $.11 per share, primarily related to transformation efforts to streamline our operations in Japan.

- 58 -

Revenue

North Asia.  The following table sets forth revenue for the North Asia region and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2009		2010		Change
Japan	$	461.9	$	471.4		2%
South Korea		144.2		214.7		49%
North Asia total	$	606.1	$	686.1		13%

Foreign currency fluctuations positively impacted revenue by 8% in this region compared to the prior-year period.  Currency fluctuations positively impacted revenue in Japan by 6% and in South Korea by 13% in 2010.  Our active and executive distributor counts decreased 4% and 3%, respectively, in Japan in 2010 compared to 2009. In South Korea, our active and executive distributor counts increased 17% and 19%, respectively, comparing 2010 to 2009.

Local currency revenue in Japan decreased 4% in 2010 compared to 2009.  We continued to experience some weakness in Japan, as evidenced by the declines in both our active and executive distributors. The direct selling industry and most direct selling companies in Japan have declined for several years in this challenging market.  Increased regulatory and media scrutiny of the industry continued to negatively impact the industry and our business.  As a result of this increased scrutiny, we continued to focus on distributor compliance and were also more cautious in both our corporate and our distributor’s marketing activities.  These challenges were partially offset by distributor and product initiatives, including the launch of the full ageLOC Transformation skin care system in the second quarter of 2010 and the limited offering of our ageLOC Vitality in the second half of 2010.  Local currency revenue in Japan decreased 8% year-over-year in the fourth quarter primarily due to a difficult comparison with the strong introduction of ageLOC Transformation in the fourth quarter of 2009.

South Korea posted strong year-over-year local currency revenue growth of 36%.  This growth was driven by the introduction of our ageLOC Transformation skin care system, which generated approximately $20 million in sales during a limited offering in the first quarter of 2010, and continued excitement and sponsoring activities surrounding ageLOC Transformation throughout the remainder of the year.  This excitement contributed to the healthy growth in active and executive distributors in this market.

Greater China.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Greater China region and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2009		2010		Change
Taiwan	$	91.7	$	107.1		17%
China		71.1		91.4		29%
Hong Kong		47.6		69.7		46%
Greater China total	$	210.4	$	268.2		27%

- 59 -

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in the Greater China region by 3% in 2010. Revenue growth in the region was driven by the introduction of ageLOC Transformation during the second quarter of 2010, generating approximately $20 million in sales during a limited offering of this product in connection with our Greater China regional convention.

Local currency revenue in Taiwan was up 11% in 2010 compared to 2009.  As discussed above, the growth was driven by the launch of ageLOC Transformation, which led to healthy growth in the number of active and executive distributors as well as revenue.  Active distributors in Taiwan increased 5% and executive distributors increased 1% compared to the prior-year period.

On a local currency basis, revenue in China increased 27% in 2010 compared to 2009. China reported a 28% and 38% increase in our preferred customers and number of sales representatives, respectively, compared to the prior-year period.  Revenue and sales force growth in China were primarily the result of successful sales initiatives and excitement surrounding our ageLOC Transformation skin care system, which we introduced at the regional convention in the second quarter of 2010 and launched in China in the fourth quarter of 2010.  Strong sales of the ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II also contributed to growth in this market. We continued to focus our efforts on managing our sales force to ensure compliance with our policies and local regulations in this market.

Hong Kong local currency revenue was up 47% in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of the introduction of our ageLOC Transformation skin care system at the regional convention in the second quarter. Approximately $17 million of revenue was generated from convention sales to distributors from outside of Hong Kong. Executive and active distributors in Hong Kong were down 2% and 5%, respectively, compared to 2009.

Americas.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Americas region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2009		2010		Change
Americas	$	260.9	$	250.0		(4%)

Revenue in the United States declined 3% in 2010 compared to 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2010, U.S. revenue declined 23% compared to the same prior-year period. Approximately $17 million in sales at our global convention held in the U.S. during the fourth quarter of 2009, and the introduction of our ageLOC Transformation skin care system in connection with the global convention created a difficult comparison for the fourth quarter of 2010. Excluding the impact of $11 million of 2009 global convention sales to non-U.S. based distributors, revenue in the U.S. would have been down 5% for the fourth quarter of 2010 and up 3% for the year compared to the same prior-year periods. Our recent growth initiatives have had less of an impact on distributor productivity and active distributor growth in the U.S. than in many of our other markets. Active distributors in the U.S. decreased 4% in 2010 and executive distributors increased 1% compared to the prior-year period.

On a local currency basis, revenue decreased by 7% in Canada and by 19% in Latin America in 2010 compared to 2009, respectively.  Revenue declines in these markets were primarily a result of decreased distributor activity.

- 60 -

South Asia/Pacific.  The following table sets forth revenue for the South Asia/Pacific region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2009		2010		Change
South Asia/Pacific	$	120.1	$	182.8		52%

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in South Asia/Pacific by 13% in 2010 compared to the same prior-year period.  Revenue growth was driven largely by strong sales and sponsoring activity in connection with the general launch of our ageLOC Transformation skin care system.  Continued interest in our TRA weight management products and ageLOC Edition Galvanic Spa System II also contributed to strong growth in this region.  Executive distributors in the region increased 33% while active distributors increased 18% compared to the prior year.

Europe.  The following table sets forth revenue for the Europe region (U.S. dollars in millions):

	2009		2010		Change
Europe	$	133.6	$	150.2		12%

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations negatively impacted revenue in Europe by 4% in 2010 compared to the prior year.  On a local currency basis, revenue in Europe grew by 16% in 2010 compared to 2009.  Growth in Europe was driven by sustained interest in our ageLOC anti-aging products and LifePak nutrition supplements.  We also began initial marketing activities in Ukraine during the fourth quarter of 2010.  Our active and executive distributor counts in our Europe region increased by 14% and 11%, respectively, in 2010 compared to 2009.

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue in 2010 increased to 82.3% compared to 81.7% in 2009.  The increase was a result of strong sales of our higher margin ageLOC products, and foreign currency benefits in 2010.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses remained relatively level as a percentage of revenue at 42.1% in 2010 compared to 42.0% in 2009.

As part of our compensation plan improvements, we increased our focus on distributor recognition. Accordingly, during 2010, the costs of certain incentive trips and other rewards earned by distributors, previously recorded as general and administrative expenses, have been reclassified as selling expenses. In order to provide a meaningful comparison, we made this reclassification for both 2009 and 2010.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue to 26.1% in 2010 from 27.8% in 2009, primarily as a result of increased revenue and controlled expenses.

- 61 -

Restructuring charges

During 2009, we recorded restructuring charges of $10.7 million primarily related to transformation efforts in Japan designed to improve operational efficiencies and align organizationally in Japan with how we are organized globally in our other markets. There were no similar charges in 2010.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), netwas $9.4 million of expense in 2010 compared to $6.6 million of expense in 2009.  The increase in expense is due primarily to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Other income (expense), net also includes approximately $5.8 million and $6.9 million in interest expense during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased to $71.6 million in 2010 from $51.3 million in 2009. The effective tax rate decreased to 34.5% in 2010 from 36.3% of pre-tax income in 2009.  The lower income tax rate was due to an increased benefit relating to the expiration of the statute of limitations in 2010 compared to 2009.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased to $136.1 million in 2010 from $89.8 million in 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our principal uses of cash have included operating expenses, particularly selling expenses, and working capital (principally inventory purchases), as well as capital expenditures, stock repurchases, dividends, debt repayment, and the development of operations in new markets.  We have generally relied on cash flow from operations to fund operating activities, and we have at times incurred long-term debt in order to fund strategic transactions and stock repurchases.

We typically generate positive cash flow from operations due to favorable margins.  We generated $224.3 million in cash from operations in 2011 compared to $187.9 million in 2010. This increase in cash generated from operations is primarily due to the increase in revenue in 2011 as well as increased profitability from our restructuring efforts.

As of December 31, 2011, working capital was $288.9 million compared to $206.1 million as of December 31, 2010.  Our working capital increased primarily due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents, including current investments, at December 31, 2011 were $290.7 million compared to $230.3 million at December 31, 2010.  The increase in cash was primarily the result of the increase in our cash generated from operations in 2011.

Capital expenditures in 2011 totaled $41.8 million, and we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $100.0 million for 2012. This year-over-year increase reflects significant construction projects as noted below, which we currently anticipate will be completed in 2013.The capital expenditures in 2012 are primarily related to:

•      planning and construction of a new innovation center on our Provo campus and a new Greater China regional headquarters in Shanghai, China, and related real estate acquisitions;

•      the build-out and upgrade of leasehold improvements in our various markets, including retail stores in China; and

•      purchases of computer systems and software, including equipment and development costs.

- 62 -

We currently have debt pursuant to various credit facilities and other borrowings.  The following table summarizes these debt arrangements as of December 31, 2011:

Facility or   Arrangement(1)	Original Principal Amount	Balance as of    December 31, 2011(2)	Interest Rate	Repayment terms
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$40.0 million	$28.6 million	6.2%	Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments that began in July 2010.
	$20.0 million	$17.1 million	6.2%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
Japanese yen denominated:	3.1 billion yen	1.3 billion yen ($17.4 million as of December 31, 2011)	1.7%	Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.
	2.3 billion yen	1.9 billion yen ($25.3 million as of December 31, 2011)	2.6%	Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments that began in September 2011.
	2.2 billion yen	1.9 billion yen ($24.2 million as of December 31, 2011)	3.3%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
2010 committed loan:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$30.0 million	$24.0 million	Variable 30 day: 1.29%	Amortizes at $1.5 million per quarter.
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility	N/A	None	N/A
2009 $100.0 million uncommitted multi-currency shelf facility	N/A	None	N/A

(1) Each of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured by guarantees issued by our material domestic subsidiaries and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of our material foreign subsidiaries. The 2010 committed loan is also secured by deeds of trust with respect to our corporate headquarters and distribution center in Provo, Utah.

(2) The current portion of our long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12 months) includes $14.0 million of the balance of our Japanese yen-denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, $8.6 million of the balance on our U.S. dollar denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility and $6.0 million of our 2010 committed loan.

- 63 -

Our board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase our outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the open market or in private transactions.  The repurchases are used primarily to offset dilution from our equity incentive plans and for strategic initiatives. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased approximately 1.9 million shares of Class A common stock under this program for approximately $67.1 million. In June 2010, our board of directors authorized an increase of $150.0 million in the amount available under our ongoing stock repurchase program.  At December 31, 2011, $86.3 million was available for repurchases under the stock repurchase program.

Our board of directors declared cash dividends on our Class A common stock of $0.135 per share during the first two quarters of 2011 and of $0.16 during the last two quarters of 2011.  These quarterly cash dividends totaled approximately $36.6 million and were paid during 2011 to stockholders of record in 2011. The board of directors has approved an increased quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share of Class A common stock to be paid on March 14, 2012, to stockholders of record on February 24, 2012. Annually, this would increase the dividend to $0.80 from $0.59 in the prior year. Currently, we anticipate that our board of directors will continue to declare quarterly cash dividends and that the cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our future dividend payments.  However, the continued declaration of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our net earnings, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

We believe we have sufficient liquidity to be able to meet our obligations on both a short- and long-term basis.  We currently believe that existing cash balances, future cash flows from operations and existing lines of credit will be adequate to fund our cash needs on both a short- and long-term basis.  The majority of our historical expenses have been variable in nature and as such, a potential reduction in the level of revenue would reduce our cash flow needs.  In the event that our current cash balances, future cash flow from operations and current lines of credit are not sufficient to meet our obligations or strategic needs, we would consider raising additional funds in the debt or equity markets or restructuring our current debt obligations.  Additionally, we would consider realigning our strategic plans, including a reduction in capital spending, stock repurchases or dividend payments.

- 64 -

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

      The following table sets forth payments due by period for fixed contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Total		2012			2013-2014		2015-2016	Thereafter
Long-term debt obligations	$	136,552	$	28,608	$	63,216	$	33,628	$	11,100
Operating lease obligations		63,247		16,006		26,460		19,879		902
Purchase obligations(1)		161,868		100,905		27,917		25,023		8,023
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet(2)		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	361,667	$	145,519	$	117,593	$	78,530	$	20,025

(1) The amounts reported under purchase obligations do not include anticipated expenditures related to ongoing construction projects at our corporate headquarters in Provo, Utah and our Greater China regional headquarters in Shanghai, China. We currently anticipate the Provo and Shanghai facilities will cost approximately $90 million and $55 million, respectively, and anticipate that both facilities will be completed in 2013.

(2) Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet of $67.6 million primarily consisting of long-term tax related balances, in which the timing of the commitments is uncertain.

      We are currently involved in a dispute with customs authorities in Japan with respect to duty assessments on several of our Pharmanex nutritional products, which is separate and distinct from the dispute discussed above under Gross Profit. The dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2006 through September 2009 in connection with post-importation audits, as well as the disputed portion of our import duties from October 2009 to the present, which we have or will hold in bond or pay under protest. The aggregate amount of these assessments and disputed duties was 3.9 billion Japanese yen as of December 31, 2011 (approximately $50.7 million), net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Additional assessments related to any prior period would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. The issue in this case is whether a United States entity utilizing a commissionaire agent in Japan to import its products can use the manufacturer’s invoice or must use another valuation method, and, if an alternative method must be used, what the allowable deductions would be in determining the proper valuation.  Following our review of the assessments and after consulting with our legal and customs advisors, we believe that the additional assessments are improper and are not supported by applicable customs laws. We filed letters of protest with Yokohama Customs, which were rejected. We then appealed the matter to the Ministry of Finance in Japan. In May 2011, we received notice that, as we had anticipated, the Ministry of Finance in Japan denied our administrative appeal. We disagree with the Ministry of Finance’s administrative decision. We are now pursuing the matter in Tokyo District Court, which we believe will provide a more independent determination of the matter. In addition, we are currently being required to post a bond or make a deposit equal to the difference between our declared duties and the amount the customs authorities have determined we should be paying on all current imports. Because we believe that the higher rate determined by the customs authorities is an improper application of the regulations, we are currently expensing the portion of the duties we believe is supported under applicable customs law, and recording the additional deposit or payment as a receivable within long-term assets on our consolidated financial statements. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid or held in bond, we will likely record a non-cash expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments. We anticipate that additional disputed duties will be reduced going forward as we recently began purchasing a majority of the affected products in Japan from a Japanese company that purchases and imports the products from the manufacturer.

- 65 -

Seasonality and Cyclicality

In addition to general economic factors, we are impacted by seasonal factors and trends such as major cultural events and vacation patterns.  For example, most Asian markets celebrate their respective local New Year in the first quarter, which generally has a negative impact on that quarter.  We believe that direct selling in Japan, the United States and Europe is also generally negatively impacted during the third quarter, when many individuals, including our distributors, traditionally take vacations.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth in certain new markets following commencement of operations.  This initial rapid growth has often been followed by a short period of stable or declining revenue, then followed by renewed growth fueled by product introductions, an increase in the number of active distributors and increased distributor productivity.  The contraction following initial rapid growth has been more pronounced in certain new markets, due to other factors such as business or economic conditions or distributor distractions outside the market.

Distributor Information

The following table provides information concerning the number of active and executive distributors as of the dates indicated.  Active distributors are those distributors and preferred customers who were resident in the countries in which we operated and purchased products for resale or personal consumption directly from us during the three months ended as of the date indicated.  Executive distributors are active distributors who have achieved required monthly personal and group sales volumes as well as sales employees and contractual sales promoters in China who have completed a qualification process.

	As of  December 31, 2009		As of December 31, 2010		As of December 31, 2011
	Active	Executive	Active	Executive	Active	Executive
North Asia	319,000	14,144	329,000	14,687	338,000	15,293
Greater China	106,000	6,938	118,000	8,015	143,000	11,808
Americas	171,000	5,522	161,000	5,305	166,000	5,356
South Asia/Pacific	71,000	2,950	84,000	3,930	99,000	5,619
Europe	94,000	3,385	107,000	3,739	109,000	3,740
Total	761,000	32,939	799,000	35,676	855,000	41,816

Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S. dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

	2010								2011
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	364.1	$	388.4	$	383.6	$	401.2	$	395.8	$	424.4	$	428.4	$	495.3
Gross profit		299.3		320.4		314.8		330.3		295.2		353.3		357.8		415.1
Operating income		46.1		59.2		52.9		58.9		24.9		66.0		67.2		75.6
Net income		31.0		32.4		35.3		37.3		15.3		41.7		46.8		49.5
Net income per share:
Basic		0.50		0.51		0.57		0.60		0.25		0.67		0.75		0.80
Diluted		0.48		0.50		0.55		0.58		0.24		0.65		0.72		0.76

- 66 -

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and will be applied prospectively. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2011-04, but believe there will be no significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 as amended by ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present items of net income and other comprehensive income either in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This guidance will be effective as of January 1, 2012 for us and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements, other than presentation.

In September 2011, the FASB ratified ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of its reporting units. If, based on the qualitative assessment, an entity concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, quantitative testing for impairment is not necessary. The new accounting standard is applicable for goodwill impairment testing performed in years beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted.  We do not expect this pronouncement to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

Currency Risk and Exchange Rate Information

A majority of our revenue and many of our expenses are recognized outside of the United States, except for inventory purchases, which are primarily transacted in U.S. dollars from vendors in the United States.  The local currency of each of our subsidiaries’ primary markets is considered the functional currency.  All revenue and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates for the periods reported.  Therefore, our reported revenue and earnings will be positively impacted by a weakening of the U.S. dollar and will be negatively impacted by a strengthening of the U.S. dollar.  Given the large portion of our business derived from Japan, South Korea and China, any weakening of these currencies negatively impacts reported revenue and profits, whereas a strengthening of these currencies positively impacts our reported revenue and profits.  Given the uncertainty of exchange rate fluctuations, it is difficult to predict the effect of these fluctuations on our future business, product pricing and results of operation or financial condition. However, based on current exchange rate levels, we currently anticipate that foreign currency fluctuations will have a slightly negative impact on reported revenue in 2012.

We may seek to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates through the use of foreign currency exchange contracts, through intercompany loans of foreign currency and through our Japanese yen-denominated debt.  We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  We regularly monitor our foreign currency risks and periodically take measures to reduce the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on our operating results.  At December 31, 2010 and 2011, we held forward contracts designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges with notional amounts totaling approximately $22.2 million and $83.6 million, respectively, to hedge forecasted foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions. Because of our foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2011, the impact of a 10% appreciation or 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen would not represent a material potential loss in fair value, earnings or cash flows against these contracts. This potential loss does not consider the underlying foreign currency transaction or translation exposures to which we are subject.

- 67 -

Following are the weighted-average currency exchange rates of U.S. $1 into local currency for each of our international or foreign markets in which revenue exceeded U.S. $5.0 million for at least one of the quarters listed:

	2010								2011
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Japan(1)		90.6		92.0		85.7		82.6		82.3		81.5		77.7		77.3
Taiwan		31.9		31.8		31.9		30.3		29.3		28.9		29.1		30.3
Hong Kong		7.8		7.8		7.8		7.8		7.8		7.8		7.8		7.8
South Korea		1,142.0		1,163.2		1,182.3		1,133.5		1,119.4		1,083.0		1,083.4		1,146.3
Malaysia		3.4		3.2		3.2		3.1		3.0		3.0		3.0		3.2
Thailand		32.9		32.4		31.6		30.0		30.5		30.3		30.1		31.0
China		6.8		6.8		6.8		6.7		6.6		6.5		6.4		6.4
Singapore		1.4		1.4		1.4		1.3		1.3		1.2		1.2		1.3
Canada		1.0		1.0		1.0		1.0		1.0		1.0		1.0		1.0

(1) As of February 1, 2012, the exchange rate of U.S. $1 into the Japanese yen was approximately­ 76.20

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Regulation G, Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, and other SEC regulations define and prescribe the conditions for use of certain non-GAAP financial information. Our measures of earnings per share, gross profit and net income, each excluding the Japan customs expense, meet the definition of non-GAAP financial measures. Earnings per share, gross profit and net income, each excluding the Japan customs expense, are used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures assist management and investors in evaluating, and comparing from period to period, results from ongoing operations in a more meaningful and consistent manner while also highlighting more meaningful trends in the results of operations.

- 68 -

The following is a reconciliation of gross profit, as reported, to gross profit excluding Japan customs expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2011
Revenue as reported	$	1,537,259		$	1,743,991
GAAP gross profit as reported	$	1,264,828		$	1,421,367
Japan customs expense		–		32,754
Gross profit excluding Japan customs expense	$	1,264,828		$	1,454,121
Gross profit as a percent of revenue as reported		82.3	%		81.5	%
Gross profit as a percent of revenue excluding Japan customs expense		82.3	%		83.4	%

The following is a reconciliation of net income and diluted earnings per share, as reported, to net income and diluted earnings per share excluding Japan customs expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2011
Net income as reported	$	136,051	$	153,330
Japan customs expense		–	32,754
Tax effect of Japan customs expense		–	(12,275		)
Net income excluding Japan customs expense	$	136,051	$	173,809
Diluted earnings per share as reported	$	2.11	$	2.38
Diluted earnings per share, excluding Japan customs expense	$	2.11	$	2.69

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by Item 7A of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in Item 7.  “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Currency Risk and Exchange Rate Information” and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

- 69 -

ITEM 8.                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

1.    Financial Statements.  Set forth below is the index to the Financial Statements included inthis Item 8:

	Page
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2011	71
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011	72
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011	73
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011	74
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	75
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	102

2. Financial Statement Schedules:  Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

- 70 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2010			2011
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	230,337		$	272,974
Current investments	─				17,727
Accounts receivable		25,701			31,615
Inventories, net		114,475			112,111
Prepaid expenses and other		52,013			95,660
		422,526			530,087
Property and equipment, net		133,722			149,505
Goodwill		112,446			112,446
Other intangible assets, net		78,270			83,333
Other assets		145,260			115,585
Total assets	$	892,224		$	990,956
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	25,480		$	32,181
Accrued expenses		146,108			180,382
Current portion of long-term debt		27,865			28,608
Related party payable		16,995		─
		216,448			241,171
Long-term debt		133,013			107,944
Other liabilities		71,514			67,605
Total liabilities		420,975			416,720
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 10 and 21)
Stockholders’ equity
Class A common stock – 500 million shares authorized,  $.001 par value, 90.6 million shares issued		91			91
Additional paid-in capital		256,505			292,240
Treasury stock, at cost – 28.5 and 28.3 million shares		(476,748	)		(522,162	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(58,539	)		(62,565	)
Retained earnings		749,940			866,632
		471,249			574,236
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	892,224		$	990,956

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 71 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Revenue	$	1,331,058		$	1,537,259		$	1,743,991
Cost of sales		243,648			272,431			322,624
Gross profit		1,087,410			1,264,828			1,421,367
Operating expenses:
Selling expenses		559,605			646,348			751,448
General and administrative expenses		369,368			401,418			436,177
Restructuring charges		10,724			—			—
Total operating expenses		939,697			1,047,766			1,187,625
Operating income		147,713			217,062			233,742
Other income (expense), net (Note 25)		(6,589	)		(9,449	)		(6,973	)
Income before provision for income taxes		141,124			207,613			226,769
Provision for income taxes		51,279			71,562			73,439
Net income	$	89,845		$	136,051		$	153,330
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.42		$	2.18		$	2.47
Diluted	$	1.40		$	2.11		$	2.38
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000s):
Basic		63,333			62,370			62,066
Diluted		64,296			64,547			64,546

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 72 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

	Class A Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital		Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Retained Earnings			Total
Balance at January 1, 2009	$	91	$	218,928	$	(417,017	)	$	(70,061	)	$	584,239		$	316,180
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			89,845			89,845
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			1,830			—			1,830
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency  cash flow hedges		—		—		—			97			—			97
Total comprehensive income															91,772
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)		—		—		(21,144	)		—			—			(21,144	)
Exercise of employee stock options (0.6 million  shares)/vesting of stock awards		—		1,633		4,594			—			—			6,227
Excess tax benefit from equity awards		—		1,669		—			—			—			1,669
Stock-based compensation		—		9,989		—			—			—			9,989
Cash dividends		—		—		—			—			(29,006	)		(29,006	)
Balance at December 31, 2009		91		232,219		(433,567	)		(68,134	)		645,078			375,687
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			136,051			136,051
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			9,661			—			9,661
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency  cash flow hedges		—		—		—			60			—			60
Less:  reclassification adjustment for realized  gains in current earnings		—		—		—			(126	)		—			(126	)
Total comprehensive income															145,646
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)		—		—		(58,516	)		—			—			(58,516	)
Reclassification of treasury shares held  by subsidiary		—		3,122		(3,122	)		—			—			—
Exercise of employee stock options (1.5 million  shares)/vesting of stock awards		—		2,724		18,457			—			—			21,181
Excess tax benefit from equity awards		—		7,605		—			—			—			7,605
Stock-based compensation		—		10,835		—			—			—			10,835
Cash dividends		—		—		—			—			(31,189	)		(31,189	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		91		256,505		(476,748	)		(58,539	)		749,940			471,249
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			153,330			153,330
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			(2,985	)		—			(2,985	)
Net unrealized losses on foreign currency  cash flow hedges		—		—		—			(1,954	)		—			(1,954	)
Less:  reclassification adjustment for realized  gains in current earnings		—		—		—			913			—			913
Total comprehensive income															149,304
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)		—		—		(67,149	)		—			—			(67,149	)
Exercise of employee stock options (2.1 million  shares)/vesting of stock awards		—		7,978		21,735			—			—			29,713
Excess tax benefit from equity awards		—		12,657		—			—			—			12,657
Stock-based compensation		—		15,100		—			—			—			15,100
Cash dividends		—		—		—			—			(36,638	)		(36,638	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	91	$	292,240	$	(522,162	)	$	(62,565	)	$	866,632		$	574,236

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 73 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	89,845		$	136,051		$	153,330
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		28,557			29,616			32,850
Japan customs expense		—			—			32,754
Foreign currency (gains)/losses		(1,966	)		3,681			4,162
Stock-based compensation		9,989			10,835			15,450
Deferred taxes		12,350			(13,735	)		108
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(7,043	)		(6,649	)		(5,890	)
Inventories, net		9,740			(4,293	)		2,415
Prepaid expenses and other		(3,850	)		3,854			(4,690	)
Other assets		(18,690	)		(1,631	)		(16,809	)
Accounts payable		3,602			(568	)		6,077
Accrued expenses		8,598			13,777			1,624
Other liabilities		2,812			16,945			2,934
Net cash provided by operating activities		133,944			187,883			224,315
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment		(20,215	)		(53,783	)		(41,809	)
Proceeds on investment sales		—			—			6,634
Purchases of investments		—			—			(24,361	)
Acquisition of LifeGen  (Note 22)		—			—			(11,663	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(20,215	)		(53,783	)		(71,199	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of cash dividends		(29,006	)		(31,189	)		(36,638	)
Repurchase of shares of common stock		(21,144	)		(58,516	)		(67,149	)
Exercise of distributor and employee stock options		6,227			21,181			29,713
Income tax benefit of options exercised		1,101			6,908			12,059
Payments on long-term debt		(30,188	)		(37,401	)		(28,001	)
Related party payment		—			—			(16,995	)
Proceeds from long-term debt		—			30,000			—
Net cash used in financing activities		(73,010	)		(69,017	)		(107,011	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		2,740			7,209			(3,468	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		43,459			72,292			42,637
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		114,586			158,045			230,337
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	158,045		$	230,337		$	272,974

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 74 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.           The Company

 Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading, global direct selling company that develops and distributes premium-quality, innovative personal care products and nutritional supplements that are sold worldwide under the Nu Skin and Pharmanex brands and a small number of other products and services.  The Company reports revenue from five geographic regions:  North Asia, which consists of Japan and South Korea; Greater China, which consists of Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan; Americas, which consists of the United States, Canada and Latin America; South Asia/Pacific, which consists of Australia, Brunei, French Polynesia, Indonesia, Malaysia, New Caledonia, New Zealand, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand; and Europe, which consists of several markets in Europe as well as Israel, Russia and South Africa (the Company’s subsidiaries operating in these countries are collectively referred to as the “Subsidiaries”).

2.           Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

 The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

 The preparation of these financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, required management to make estimates and assumptions that affected the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

 Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Inventories

 Inventories consist primarily of merchandise purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method.  The Company had reserves for obsolete inventory totaling $10.5 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 Inventories consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Raw materials	$	31,497	$	24,668
Finished goods		82,978		87,443
	$	114,475	$	112,111

- 75 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Property and equipment

 Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	39 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 7 years
Computers and equipment	3 ­- 5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Scanners	3 years
Vehicles	3 - 5 years

 Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  When an asset is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and associated accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income.  Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 Acquired intangible assets may represent indefinite-lived assets, determinable-lived intangibles, or goodwill. Of these, only the costs of determinable-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. The value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and residual goodwill is not amortized, but is tested at least annually for impairment. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles. We test goodwill for impairment, at least annually, by reviewing the book value compared to the fair value at the reportable unit level. We test individual indefinite-lived intangibles at least annually by reviewing the individual book values compared to the fair value.  Considerable management judgment is necessary to measure fair value. We did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets during the periods presented.

Revenue recognition

 Revenue is recognized when products are shipped, which is when title and risk of loss pass to independent distributors and preferred customers who are the Company’s customers.  A reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience totaling $3.3 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recorded sales returns of $44.8 million, $55.4 million and $56.5 million, respectively. The Company generally requires cash or credit card payment at the point of sale.  Accounts receivable generally represents amounts due from credit card companies and are generally collected within a few days of the purchase.  As such, the Company has determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary.  Amounts received prior to shipment and title passage to distributors are recorded as deferred revenue.  The global compensation plan for the Company’s distributors generally does not provide rebates or selling discounts to distributors who purchase its products and services.  The Company classifies selling discounts and rebates, if any, as a reduction of revenue at the time the sale is recorded.

- 76 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Advertising expenses

 Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising expense incurred for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 totaled approximately $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Selling expenses

 Selling expenses are the Company’s most significant expense and are classified as operating expenses.  Selling expenses include distributor commissions as well as wages, benefits, bonuses and other labor and unemployment expenses the Company pays to its sales force in China.  The Company pays monthly commissions to several levels of distributors on each product sale based upon a distributor’s personal and group product volumes, as well as the group product volumes of up to six levels of executive distributors in such distributor’s downline sales organization.  The Company does not pay commissions on sales materials.

 The Company’s distributors may make retail profits by purchasing the products from the Company at wholesale and selling them to customers with a retail mark-up.  The Company does not account for nor pay additional commissions on these retail mark-ups received by distributors.  In many markets, the Company also allows individuals who are not distributors, referred to as “preferred customers,” to buy products directly from the Company at wholesale or discounted prices.  The Company pays commissions on preferred customer purchases to the referring distributors.

 As part of the Company’s compensation plan improvements, the Company increased its focus on distributor recognition.  Accordingly, during 2010, the costs of certain incentive trips and other rewards earned by distributors, previously recorded as general and administrative expenses, have been reclassified as selling expenses. In order to provide a meaningful comparison, the Company has made this reclassification for both the current and prior-year periods

Research and development

 The Company’s research and development activities are conducted primarily through its Pharmanex division.  Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and are expensed as incurred and totaled $10.4 million, $12.4 million and $13.6 million  in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification.  These standards establish financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an enterprise’s activities during the current and preceding years.  The Company takes an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.  The Company pays income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized in those jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany transactions between the Company and its foreign affiliates.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are created in this process.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company has net deferred tax assets of $51.4 million.   The Company has netted these deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.

- 77 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Uncertain Tax Positions

 The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  During the third quarter, the Company entered into a closing agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) for all adjustments for the 2005 through 2008 tax years.  With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S., federal, state and local income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2005.  In 2009, the Company entered into a voluntary program with the IRS called Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”). The objective of CAP is to contemporaneously work with the IRS to achieve federal tax compliance and resolve all or most of the issues prior to filing of the tax return.  The Company has elected to participate in the CAP program for 2012 and may elect to continue participating in CAP for future tax years; the Company may withdraw from the program at any time.  In major foreign jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years before 2005.  Along with the IRS examination, the Company is currently under examination in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the outcomes of those reviews are not yet determinable.

 A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits included in other liabilities is as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Gross Balance at January 1, 2009	$	30,915
Increases related to prior year tax positions		2
Increases related to current year tax positions		3,618
Settlements		(946	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(4,858	)
Currency adjustments		(456	)
Gross Balance at December 31, 2009	$	28,275
Gross Balance at January 1, 2010	$	28,275
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(1,206	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		2,236
Settlements	─
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(15,395	)
Currency adjustments		911
Gross Balance at December 31, 2010	$	14,821
Gross Balance at January 1, 2011	$	14,821
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(7,138	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		1,415
Settlements		(499	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(1,255	)
Currency adjustments		43
Gross Balance at December 31, 2011	$	7,387

 At December 31, 2011, the Company had $7.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $3.1 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  In comparison, at December 31, 2010, the Company had $14.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $2.4 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits relate to multiple foreign and domestic jurisdictions.  Due to potential increases in unrecognized tax benefits from the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company operates, as well as the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of foreign currency adjustments, may change within the next 12 months by a range of approximately $0 to $2 million.

- 78 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 During each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recognized approximately $0.1 million, ($1.7) million and ($0.8) million, respectively in interest and penalties expenses/(benefits).  The Company had approximately $3.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Net income per share

 Net income per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented.  Additionally, diluted earnings per share data gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the periods presented (Note 11).

Foreign currency translation

 A significant portion of the Company’s business operations occurs outside the United States.  The local currency of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is considered its functional currency.  All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates, revenue and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates and stockholders’ equity is recorded at historical exchange rates.  The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets and transaction gains and losses are included in other income and expense in the consolidated financial statements. Net of tax the accumulated other comprehensive income related to the foreign currency translation adjustments are $68.2 million, $58.5 million and $61.5 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments

 The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The Company’s current investments as of December 31, 2011 include certificates of deposits and pre-refunded municipal bonds that are classified by management as held-to-maturity as the Company had the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.  The carrying value of these current investments approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the long-term debt fair value is $169.4 million and $145.0 million, respectively. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information.

 The FASB Codification defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. On a quarterly basis, the Company measures at fair value certain financial assets, including cash equivalents.  Accounting standards specify a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.  Observable inputs reflect data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.  These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

- 79 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

▪     Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

▪     Level 2 –  inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;

▪     Level 3 – unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions.   

 Accounting standards permit companies, at their option, to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  The Company has elected to not fair value existing eligible items.

Stock-based compensation

 All share-based payments, including grants of stock options and restricted stock units, are required to be recognized in our financial statements based upon their respective grant date fair values. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock options is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We use historical volatility as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. The expected life of the stock options is based on historical data trended into the future. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of our stock options.  The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant less our expected dividend yield. We recognize stock-based compensation net of any estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

The total compensation expense related to equity compensation plans was approximately $10.0 million, $10.8 million and $15.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, all stock-based compensation expense was recorded within general and administrative expenses.

Reporting comprehensive income

 Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and it includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.

Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities

 The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value.

 The Company’s Subsidiaries enter into significant transactions with each other and third parties that may not be denominated in the respective Subsidiaries’ functional currencies.  The Company regularly monitors its foreign currency risks and seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates using foreign currency exchange contracts and through certain intercompany loans of foreign currency.

- 80 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The Company hedges its exposure to future cash flows from forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 24 months.  Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the life of the hedge to ensure the hedge qualifies for hedge accounting treatment.  Changes in fair value associated with hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recorded in the results of operations currently.  In the event that an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative in its results of operations currently.

 Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive loss, depending on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation.  The gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss stemming from these derivatives will be reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.  The fair value of the receivable and payable amounts related to these unrealized gains and losses is classified as other current assets and liabilities.  The Company does not use such derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  Gains and losses on certain intercompany loans of foreign currency are recorded as other income and expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Recent accounting pronouncements

 In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and will be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2011-04, but believes there will be no significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 as amended by ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present items of net income and other comprehensive income either in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This guidance will be effective as of January 1, 2012 for the Company and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements, other than presentation.

 In September 2011, the FASB ratified ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of its reporting units. If, based on the qualitative assessment, an entity concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, quantitative testing for impairment is not necessary. The new accounting standard is applicable for goodwill impairment testing performed in years beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect this pronouncement to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

- 81 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3.           Related Party Transactions

 The Company leased corporate office and warehouse space from two entities that are owned by certain officers and directors of the Company.  Total lease payments to these two affiliated entities were $3.9 million, $3.6 million and none for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.  On December 30, 2010, the Company purchased the corporate office and warehouse space from these two affiliated entities for approximately $33.0 million.  Approximately $16.0 million was paid in cash and the remaining $17.0 million (see related party payable on the consolidated balance sheet) was paid in January 2011.

4.           Prepaid Expenses and Other

 Prepaid expenses and other consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Prepaid income taxes	─			30,223
Prepaid inventory		7,799		12,232
Prepaid rent and insurance		4,005		4,001
Prepaid other taxes and duties		2,727		2,406
Deposits		5,320		4,240
Other	­­­­­­­­­ 6,068		­­­­­­­­­     9,691
	$	52,013	$	95,660

5.           Property and Equipment

 Property and equipment are comprised of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010			2011
Land	$	16,480		$	19,561
Buildings		34,293			41,495
Construction in progress		8,070			14,286
Furniture and fixtures		46,799			48,071
Computers and equipment		87,653			92,336
Leasehold improvements		55,526			60,120
Scanners		18,803			15,741
Vehicles	­­­­­­­­­ 2,222			2,153		­­­­­­­­­
		269,846			293,763
Less: accumulated depreciation		(136,124	)		(144,258	)
	$	133,722		$	149,505

 Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $21.8 million, $22.7 million and $25.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

- 82 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6.           Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Carrying Amount at December 31,
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets:	2010		2011
Goodwill	$	112,446	$	112,446
Trademarks and trade names		24,599		24,599
	$	137,045	$	137,045

	December 31, 2010				December 31, 2011
Finite life intangible assets:	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Weighted-average  Amortization Period
Scanner technology	$	46,482	$	18,423	$	46,482	$	21,457	18 years
Developed technology		22,500		13,436		22,500		14,261	20 years
Distributor network		11,598		8,587		11,598		9,089	15 years
Trademarks		13,323		9,524		13,401		10,214	15 years
Other		32,989		23,251		46,652		26,878	8 years
	$	126,892	$	73,221	$	140,633	$	81,899	15 years

 Amortization of finite-life intangible assets totaled $6.8 million, $6.9 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  Annual estimated amortization expense is expected to approximate $6.0 million for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

 All of the Company’s goodwill is based in the U.S.  Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are not amortized, rather they are subject to annual impairment tests.  Annual impairment tests were completed resulting in no impairment charges for any of the periods shown.  Finite life intangibles are amortized over their useful lives unless circumstances occur that cause the Company to revise such lives or review such assets for impairment.

7.           Other Assets

 Other assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred taxes	$	45,027	$	29,661
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases		14,261		15,559
Deposit for customs assessment (Note 21)		65,255		50,719
Other		20,717		19,646
	$	145,260	$	115,585

- 83 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8.           Accrued Expenses

 Accrued expenses consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Accrued commissions and other payments to distributors	$	66,335	$	68,925
Other taxes payable		15,948		12,628
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes		13,063		18,039
Accrued payable to vendors		9,744		12,752
Deferred revenue		2,730		22,007
Other accrued employee expenses		19,704		18,588
Other		18,584		27,443
	$	146,108	$	180,382

9.           Long-Term Debt

 The following tables summarize the Company’s long-term debt arrangements as of December 31, 2011:

Facility or   Arrangement(1)	Original Principal Amount	Balance as of   December 31, 2010	Balance as of   December 31, 2011(2)	Interest Rate	Repayment terms
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$40.0 million	$34.3 million	$28.6 million	6.2%	Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments that began in July 2010.
	$20.0 million	$20.0 million	$17.1 million	6.2%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
Japanese yen denominated:	3.1 billion yen	1.8 billion yen ($22.0 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.3 billion yen ($17.4 million as of December 31, 2011)	1.7%	Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.
	2.3 billion yen	2.3 billion yen ($27.9 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($25.3 million as of December 31, 2011)	2.6%	Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments that began in September 2011.
	2.2 billion yen	2.2 billion yen ($26.7 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($24.2 million as of December 31, 2011)	3.3%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
2010 committed loan:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$30.0 million	$30.0 million	$24.0 million	Variable 30 day: 1.29%	Amortizes at $1.5 million per quarter.
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility	N/A	None	None	N/A
2009 $100.0 million uncommitted multi-currency shelf facility	N/A	None	None	N/A

(1) Each of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured by guarantees issued by the Company's domestic subsidiaries and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of its material foreign subsidiaries.  The 2010 committed loan is also secured by deeds of trust with respect to the Company’s corporate headquarters and distribution center in Provo, Utah.

(2) The current portion of the Company’s long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12 months) includes $14.0 million of the balance of its Japanese yen-denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, $8.6 million of the balance on its U.S. dollar denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility and $6.0 million of its 2010 committed loan.

- 84 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 Interest expense relating to debt totaled $6.9 million, $5.8 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 The notes and shelf facility contain other terms and conditions and affirmative and negative financial covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including a requirement to maintain a minimum cash balance of $65.0 million.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants under the notes and shelf facility.

 Maturities of all long-term debt at December 31, 2011, based on the year-end exchange rate, are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	28,608
2013		40,608
2014		22,608
2015		16,814
2016		16,814
Thereafter		11,100
Total	$	136,552

- 85 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10.           Lease Obligations

 The Company leases office space and computer hardware under noncancelable long-term operating leases.  Most leases include renewal options of at least three years.  Minimum future operating lease obligations at December 31, 2011 are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	16,006
2013		14,548
2014		11,912
2015		10,339
2016		9,540
Thereafter		902
Total	$	63,247

 Rental expense for operating leases totaled $33.8 million, $28.8 million and $25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

11.                                Capital Stock

 The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 25 million shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 500 million shares of Class A common stock, par value $.001 per share, and 100 million shares of Class B common stock, par value $.001 per share.  The shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical in all respects, except for voting rights and certain conversion rights and transfer restrictions, as follows: (1) each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders and each share of Class B common stock entitles the holder to ten votes on each such matter; (2) stock dividends of Class A common stock may be paid only to holders of Class A common stock and stock dividends of Class B common stock may be paid only to holders of Class B common stock; (3) if a holder of Class B common stock transfers such shares to a person other than a permitted transferee, as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, such shares will be converted automatically into shares of Class A common stock; and (4) Class A common stock has no conversion rights; however, each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time at the option of the holder.  All outstanding Class B shares have been converted to Class A shares.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no preferred or Class B common shares outstanding.

- 86 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 The following is a reconciliation of the weighted-average common shares outstanding for purposes of computing basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		63,333		62,370		62,066
Effect of dilutive securities:         Stock awards and options		963		2,177		2,480
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding		64,296		64,547		64,546

 For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, other stock options totaling 4.8 million, 0.4 million and none, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

Repurchases of common stock

 The board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase the Company’s outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the open market or in private transactions. The repurchases are used primarily to offset dilution from the Company’s equity incentive plans and for strategic initiatives. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company repurchased approximately 1.2 million, 2.2 million and 1.9 million shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $21.1 million, $58.5 million and $67.1 million, respectively. Between August 1998 and December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased a total of approximately 23.7 million shares of Class A common stock under this program for an aggregate price of approximately $398.4 million. In June 2010, the Company’s board of directors authorized an increase of $150.0 million in the amount available under the Company’s ongoing stock repurchase program.  At December 31, 2011, $86.3 million was available for repurchases under the stock repurchase program.

12.           Stock–Based Compensation

 At December 31, 2011, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:

Equity Incentive Plans

 During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company’s board of directors adopted the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1996 Stock Incentive Plan”).  In April 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Stock Incentive Plan”).  The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in May of 2006.  The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan provide for granting of stock awards and options to purchase common stock to executives, other employees, independent consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Stock options granted under these plans are generally non-qualified stock options, but the plans permit some stock options granted to qualify as “incentive stock options” under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the stock option grant date.  The contractual term of stock options granted since 1996 is generally ten years.  However, for stock options granted beginning in the second quarter of 2006, the contractual term has been shortened to seven years.  Currently, all shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are from the Company’s treasury shares.  With the adoption of the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan discussed below, no further grants will be made under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan or the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

- 87 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 In April 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan”).  This plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in May of 2010.  The 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for granting of a variety of equity based awards including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other share based awards, performance cash, performance shares and performance units to executives, other employees, independent consultants and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Options granted under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan are generally non-qualified stock options, but the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan permits some stock options granted to qualify as “incentive stock options” under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the stock option grant date.  The contractual term of a stock option granted under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan is seven years.  Currently, all shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are from the Company’s treasury shares.  Seven million shares, subject to certain adjustments, were authorized for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 The Company has traditionally granted time-vested options.  However, the Company has made several performance based grants over the last four years.  The following is a summary of the terms of the two most significant grants of performance awards.  The compensation committee of the board of directors approved the grant of performance stock options to certain senior level executives in the fourth quarter of 2007 under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in two installments if the Company’s earnings per share equal or exceed the two established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. Fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level and fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level. Both of the performance levels were met prior to December 31, 2010 for these performance stock options, which resulted in cumulative compensation expense of $8.3 million.

 In November 2010, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the grant of performance stock options to certain key employees under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in three installments if the Company’s earnings per share equal or exceed the three established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. One third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level, one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level and one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the third performance level. All unvested options will terminate upon the Company’s failure to meet certain performance thresholds for each of years 2013 through 2015.  In addition, all unvested options will terminate on March 30, 2016. The Company records an expense each period for the estimated amount of expense associated with the Company’s projected achievement of the performance based targets.

 The Company has also issued other performance based awards to a limited number of participants that similarly vest, or become eligible for vesting, upon achievement of various performance targets.

- 88 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions and weighted-average fair values as follows:

	December 31,
Stock Options:	2009			2010			2011
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants	$	2.84		$	8.61		$	9.98
Risk-free interest rate(1)		2.3	%		1.8	%		1.8	%
Dividend yield(2)		3.2	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Expected volatility(3)		40.7	%		37.8	%		38.4	%
Expected life in months(4)	69 months			69 months			63 months

(1) The risk-free interest rate is based upon the rate on a zero coupon U.S. Treasury bill, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of the grant.

(2) The dividend yield is based on the average of historical stock prices and actual dividends paid.

(3) Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, over a period similar to the expected life of the option.

(4) The expected term of the option is based on the historical employee exercise behavior, the vesting terms of the respective option, and a contractual life of either seven or ten years.

- 89 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 Options under the plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Exercise Price		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Options activity – service based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		4,483.9		$	15.82
Granted		187.5			36.10
Exercised		(1,149.2	)		16.57
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(16.7	)		12.32
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		3,505.5			16.68		3.65	$	111,793
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,311.4			17.02		3.10		72,930
Options activity – performance based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		3,586.5		$	24.90
Granted		57.5			31.92
Exercised		(790.0	)		17.14
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(100.0	)		23.72
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,754.0			27.32		5.20	$	58,532
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		639.4			17.25		3.01		20,027
Options activity – all options
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		8,070.4		$	19.86
Granted		245.0			35.12
Exercised		(1,939.2	)		16.80
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(116.7	)		22.09
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		6,259.5			21.36		4.33	$	170,325
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,950.8			17.07		3.09		92,957

 The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the respective years and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011.  This amount varies based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.  The total fair value of options vested and expensed was $5.2 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 Cash proceeds, tax benefits, and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised during 2009, 2010 and 2011, were as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised	$	6.2	$	21.2	$	29.7
Tax benefit realized for stock options exercised		2.9		10.3		17.4
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised		8.2		25.4		61.6

- 90 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 Nonvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Number of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		530.3		$	22.88
Granted		334.0			32.10
Vested		(185.5	)		21.49
Forfeited		(15.1	)		25.89
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		663.7			27.84

 As of December 31, 2011, there was $11.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years.  As of December 31, 2011, there was $16.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock option awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

13.           Fair Value

 Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

 The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31, 2010
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	41,101	$	─	$	─	$	41,101
Forward contracts	─			45	─			45
Insurance company contracts	─		─			12,967		12,967
Total	$	41,101	$	45	$	12,967	$	54.113

	Fair Value at December 31, 2011
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	15,733	$	─		$	─	$	15,733
Forward contracts	─			(1,580	)	─			(1,580	)
Insurance company contracts	─		─				14,925		14,925
Total	$	15,733	$	(1,580	)	$	14,925	$	29,078

- 91 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The following methods and assumptions were used to determine the fair value of each class of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

 Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents primarily consist of highly rated money market funds with maturities of three months or less, and are purchased daily at par value with specified yield rates. Due to the high ratings and short-term nature of the funds, the Company considers all cash equivalents as Level I.

 Forward contracts:  To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and practical.  These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates.

 Insurance Company Contracts: ASC 820 preserves practicability exceptions to fair value measurements provided by other applicable GAAP. The guidance in ASC 715-30-35-60 allows a reporting entity, as a practical expedient, to use cash surrender value or conversion value as an expedient for fair value when it is present. Accordingly, the Company determines the fair value of its insurance company contracts as the cash-surrender value of life insurance policies held in its Rabbi Trust as disclosed in Note 16 “Executive Deferred Compensation Plan”.

 The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 marketable securities (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Insurance Company Contracts
Beginning balance at December 31, 2009	$	10,574
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		1,090
Purchases and issuances		2,197
Sales and settlements		(894	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2010	$	12,967
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		(365	)
Purchases and issuances		2,883
Sales and settlements		(560	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,925

14.           Income Taxes

 Consolidated income before provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009		2010		2011
U.S.	$	71,338	$	141,069	$	142,929
Foreign		69,786		66,544		83,840
Total	$	141,124	$	207,613	$	226,769

- 92 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The provision for current and deferred taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 consists of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009			2010			2011
Current
Federal	$	9,409		$	45,761		$	14,723
State		1,690			3,825			2,245
Foreign		27,784			27,450			56,973
		38,883			77,036			73,941
Deferred
Federal		14,266			(2,558	)		17,756
State		937			212			582
Foreign		(2,807	)		(3,128	)		(18,840	)
		12,396			(5,474	)		(502	)
Provision for income taxes	$	51,279		$	71,562		$	73,439

 The Company’s foreign taxes paid are high relative to foreign operating income and the Company’s U.S. taxes paid are low relative to U.S. operating income due largely to the flow of funds among the Company’s Subsidiaries around the world.  As payments for services, management fees, license arrangements and royalties are made from the Company’s foreign affiliates to its U.S. corporate headquarters, these payments often incur withholding and other forms of tax that are generally creditable for U.S. tax purposes.  Therefore, these payments lead to increased foreign effective tax rates and lower U.S. effective tax rates.  Variations (or shifts) occur in the Company’s foreign and U.S. effective tax rates from year to year depending on several factors.  These factors include the impact of global transfer prices, the timing and level of remittances from foreign affiliates, profits and losses in various markets, in the valuation of deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

- 93 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The principal components of deferred taxes are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory differences	$	5,572		$	3,796
Foreign tax credit and other foreign benefits		25,408			25,149
Stock-based compensation		9,632			9,674
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid		28,325			37,992
Foreign currency exchange		17,727			16,927
Net operating losses		12,481			11,656
Capitalized research and development		18,295			14,746
Asian marketing rights		483		─
Other		7,023			568
Gross deferred tax assets		124,946			120,508
Deferred tax liabilities:
Exchange gains and losses		4,763			3,300
Pharmanex intangibles step-up		12,923			12,179
Amortization of intangibles		10,193			14,457
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation		10,683			16,081
Prepaid expenses		11,239		─
Other		3,921			11,431
Gross deferred tax liabilities		53,722			57,448
Valuation allowance		(11,351	)		(11,611	)
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873		$	51,449

 At December 31, 2011, the Company had foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $51.3 million for tax purposes, which will be available to offset future taxable income.  If not used, $16.1 million of carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2021, while $35.2 million do not expire. A valuation allowance of approximately $44.6 million has been placed on these foreign operating loss carryforwards.

 The valuation allowance primarily represents amounts for foreign operating loss carryforwards for which it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary difference, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.  When the Company determines that there is sufficient taxable income to utilize the net operating losses, the valuation will be released which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

- 94 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The components of deferred taxes, net on a jurisdiction basis are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2011
Net current deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets		45,027		29,661
Total net deferred tax assets		71,121		62,528
Net current deferred tax liabilities		8		7
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		11,240		11,072
Total net deferred tax liabilities		11,248		11,079
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873	$	51,449

 The Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.  These audits may result in proposed assessments that may result in additional tax liabilities.

 The actual tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 compared to the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Income taxes at statutory rate		35.00	%		35.00	%		35.00	%
Non-deductible expenses		.24			.10			.16
Extraterritorial income tax credit		.00			.00			(3.39	)
Other		1.10			(.63	)		.62
		36.34	%		34.47	%		32.39	%

 The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to a one-time discrete tax benefit of $7.7 million associated with the effective settlement of an IRS audit for tax years 2005 – 2008.  During the third quarter, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS on the Extraterritorial Income Exclusion for the exportation of products outside the United States.

15.           Employee Benefit Plan

 The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan which permits participating employees to defer up to a maximum of 100% of their compensation, subject to limitations established by the Internal Revenue Service. Employees age 18 and older are eligible to contribute to the plan starting the first day of employment. After completing at least one day of service, employees are eligible to receive matching contributions from the Company. In 2009, 2010, and 2011 the Company matched employees’ base pay up to 3.5%, 4% and 4%, respectively.  The Company’s matching contributions cliff vest after two years of service. The Company recorded compensation expense of $1.7 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan. The Company may make an additional discretionary contributions to the plan of up to 10% of employees' base pay.  The Company's discretionary contributions vest 20% per year for an employee's first five years of service. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the first year of this “retire ready” contribution, the Company currently plans to make additional discretionary contributions of approximately $2.0 million.

- 95 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The Company has a defined benefit pension plan for its employees in Japan. All employees of Nu Skin Japan, after certain years of service, are entitled to pension plan benefits when they terminate employment with Nu Skin Japan. The accrued pension liability was $5.9 million, $7.4 million and $8.4 million as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Although Nu Skin Japan has not specifically funded this obligation, as it is not required to do so, Nu Skin Japan believes it maintains adequate cash balances for this defined benefit pension plan. The Company recorded pension expense of $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  

16.           Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 The Company has an executive deferred compensation plan for select management personnel.  Under this plan, the Company may make a contribution of up to 10% of a participant’s salary.  In addition, each participant has the option to defer a portion of their compensation up to a maximum of 80% of their base salary and 100% of their bonuses.  Participant contributions are immediately vested.  Company contributions vest 50% after ten years of service and 5% each year of service thereafter. In addition, any unvested company contributions will fully vest on the earlier of:  (a) the participant attaining 60 years of age; and (b) death or disability.

 The Company recorded compensation expense of $1.1 million, $3.4 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan. The total long-term deferred compensation liability under the deferred compensation plan was $15.0 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan and is included in other long-term liabilities. 

 All benefits under the deferred compensation plan are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company has contributed assets to a “rabbi trust” for the payment of benefits under the deferred compensation plan. As the assets of the trust are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors if the Company becomes insolvent, the amounts held in the trust are accounted for as an investment on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet of $13.0 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

17.           Derivative Financial Instruments

 At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company held forward contracts designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges with notional amounts totaling approximately $22.2 million and $83.6 million, respectively, to hedge forecasted foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions.

 The contracts held at December 31, 2011 have maturities through May 2013, and accordingly, all unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be recognized in current earnings over the next 17 months.  There were no pre-tax net (losses)/gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges recorded in current earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009.  There were $0.1 million of pre-tax net gains and $1.4 million of pre-tax net losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges recorded in current earnings for years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

- 96 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

18.           Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 Cash paid for interest totaled $7.0 million, $6.2 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes totaled $36.8 million, $61.2 million and $75.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. There was a non-cash item for the year ended December 31, 2010, as described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements pertaining to the related party purchase of corporate office and warehouse space.

19.           Segment Information

 The Company operates in a single operating segment by selling products to a global network of independent distributors that operates in a seamless manner from market to market, except for its operations in Mainland China.  In Mainland China, the Company utilizes an employed sales force, contractual sales promoters and direct sellers to sell its products through fixed retail locations.  Selling expenses are the Company’s largest expense comprised of the commissions paid to its worldwide independent distributors as well as remuneration to its sales force in Mainland China.  The Company manages its business primarily by managing its global sales force.  The Company does not use profitability reports on a regional or divisional basis for making business decisions.  However, the Company does report revenue in five geographic regions: North Asia, Greater China, Americas, South Asia/Pacific and Europe.

 Revenue generated in each of these regions is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:		2009		2010		2011
North Asia		$	606,113	$	686,073	$	751,165
Greater China			210,379		268,171		341,919
Americas			260,865		250,008		251,984
South Asia/Pacific			120,123		182,796		236,212
Europe			133,578		150,211		162,711
Total		$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

 Revenue generated by each of the Company’s product lines is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Nu Skin	$	752,681	$	913,819	$	964,130
Pharmanex		565,592		612,209		770,192
Other		12,785		11,231		9,669
Total	$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

- 97 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 Additional information as to the Company’s operations in the most significant geographical areas is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Japan	$	461,914	$	471,425	$	472,519
South Korea		144,199		214,648		278,646
United States		218,557		212,070		211,788
Mainland China		71,086		91,352		152,538
Europe		111,862		124,497		140,497
Taiwan		91,727		107,133		108,857
Hong Kong		47,566		69,686		80,524

	December 31,
Long-lived assets:	2010		2011
Japan	$	12,473	$	14,113
South Korea		9,396		11,451
United States		84,829		98,205
Europe		2,697		1,966
Mainland China		11,646		15,135
Taiwan		2,200		1,556
Hong Kong		1,561		1,030

20.           Restructuring Charges

 During 2009, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $10.7 million, related to restructuring of its Japan operations, including an approximate 30% headcount reduction as well as facility relocations and closures.  $7.4 million related to severance payments to terminated employees and $3.3 million of these charges related to facility relocation or closing costs.  The majority of these severance charges were related to a voluntary employment reduction program.  The restructuring charges for facility relocation or closing costs related to costs incurred during 2009 for leases terminated in that period.

21.           Commitments and Contingencies

 The Company is subject to governmental regulations pertaining to product formulation, labeling and packaging, product claims and advertising and to the Company’s direct selling system.  The Company is also subject to the jurisdiction of numerous foreign tax and customs authorities.  Any assertions or determination that either the Company or the Company’s distributors is not in compliance with existing statutes, laws, rules or regulations could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.  In addition, in any country or jurisdiction, the adoption of new statutes, laws, rules or regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing statutes, laws, rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its operations.  Although management believes that the Company is in compliance in all material respects with the statutes, laws, rules and regulations of every jurisdiction in which it operates, no assurance can be given that the Company’s compliance with applicable statutes, laws, rules and regulations will not be challenged by foreign authorities or that such challenges will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations or cash flows.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are defendants in litigation and proceedings involving various matters.  Except as noted below, in the opinion of the Company’s management, based upon advice of its counsel handling such litigation and proceedings, adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely result in a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

- 98 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 The Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.  These audits may result in additional tax liabilities.  The Company believes it has appropriately provided for income taxes for all years.  Several factors drive the calculation of its tax reserves.  Some of these factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of limitations; (ii) changes in tax law and regulations; (iii) issuance of tax rulings; and (iv) settlements with tax authorities.  Changes in any of these factors may result in adjustments to the Company’s reserves, which would impact its reported financial results.

 In March 2011, the Tokyo District Court upheld a disputed $32.8 million customs assessment on certain of the Company’s products imported into Japan during the period of October 2002 through June 2005.  As a result of this decision, the Company recorded an expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments in the first quarter of 2011. The charge was a non-cash item, as the Company was previously required to pay the assessments. The Companycurrently anticipates that this appeal will be decided in 2012.

 The Company is currently involved in a separate dispute with customs authorities in Japan with respect to duty assessments on several of the Company’s Pharmanex nutritional products. The dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2006 through September 2009 in connection with post-importation audits, as well as the disputed portion of the Company’s import duties from October 2009 to the present, which the Company has or will hold in bond or pay under protest. The aggregate amount of these assessments and disputed duties was 3.9 billion Japanese yen as of December 31, 2011 (approximately $50.7 million), net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Additional assessments related to any prior period would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. The issue in this case is whether a United States entity utilizing a commissionaire agent in Japan to import its products can use the manufacturer’s invoice or must use another valuation method, and, if an alternative method must be used, what the allowable deductions would be in determining the proper valuation.  Following the Company’s review of the assessments and after consulting with the Company’s legal and customs advisors, the Company believes that the additional assessments are improper and are not supported by applicable customs laws. The Company filed letters of protest with Yokohama Customs, which were rejected. The Company then appealed the matter to the Ministry of Finance in Japan. In May 2011, the Company received notice that, as anticipated, the Ministry of Finance in Japan denied the Company’s administrative appeal. The Company disagrees with the Ministry of Finance’s administrative decision. The Company is now pursuing the matter in Tokyo District Court, which the Company believes will provide a more independent determination of the matter. In addition, the Company is currently being required to post a bond or make a deposit equal to the difference between the Company’s declared duties and the amount the customs authorities have determined the Company should be paying on all current imports. Because the Company believes that the higher rate determined by the customs authorities is an improper application of the regulations, the Company is currently expensing the portion of the duties the Company believes is supported under applicable customs law, and recording the additional deposit or payment as a receivable within long-term assets on its consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the Company is unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid or held in bond, the Company will likely be required to record a non-cash expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments. The Company anticipates that additional disputed duties will be reduced going forward as the Company recently began purchasing a majority of the affected products in Japan from a Japanese company that purchases and imports the products from the manufacturer.

- 99 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

22.           LifeGen Acquistion

 On December 13, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into an asset purchase agreement with LifeGen Technologies, LLC (“LifeGen”), to acquire substantially all of the assets of LifeGen, a genomics company based in Madison, Wisconsin for approximately $11.7 million in cash.  The closing of the purchase occurred simultaneously when the parties entered into the asset purchase agreement.  The purchase resulted in the transfer of substantially all of the assets of LifeGen to the Company, including LifeGen’s proprietary tissue bank and gene expression database, patents and other intellectual property related to anti-aging gene research.  The Company has allocated the purchase price primarily to the patents and will amortize the purchase price over the remaining life of the patents, which was approximately 17 years.

23.           Dividends per Share

 Quarterly cash dividends for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 totaled $31.2 million and $36.6 million or $0.125 per share in 2010 and $0.135 per share in the first two quarters of 2011 and 0.16 per share in the last two quarters of 2011. The board of directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share for all classes of common stock to be paid on March 14, 2012 to stockholders of record on February 24, 2012.

24.           Quarterly Results

 The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S. dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

	2010								2011
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	364.1	$	388.4	$	383.6	$	401.2	$	395.8	$	424.4	$	428.4	$	495.3
Gross profit		299.3		320.4		314.8		330.3		295.2		353.3		357.8		415.1
Operating income		46.1		59.2		52.9		58.9		24.9		66.0		67.2		75.6
Net income		31.0		32.4		35.3		37.3		15.3		41.7		46.8		49.5
Net income per share:
Basic		0.50		0.51		0.57		0.60		0.25		0.67		0.75		0.80
Diluted		0.48		0.50		0.55		0.58		0.24		0.65		0.72		0.76

- 100 -

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

25.           Other income (expense), net

 Other income (expense), netwas $6.6 million, $9.4 million and $7.0 million of expense in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  The Company recorded foreign currency transaction losses with respect to its intercompany receivables and payables with certain of its international affiliates, including markets that are newly opened or have remained in a loss position since inception. Generally, foreign currency transaction losses with these affiliates would be offset by gains related to the foreign currency transactions of the Company’s yen-based bank debt.  Other income (expense), net also includes approximately $6.9 million, $5.8 million and $4.8 million in interest expense during 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  It is impossible to predict foreign currency fluctuations.  The Company cannot estimate the degree to which its operations will be impacted in the future, but it remains subject to these currency risks. However, the majority of these transaction losses are non-cash, non-operating losses.

- 101 -

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and comprehensive income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiariesat December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

February 27, 2012

- 102 -

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.                      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)).  Disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that we designed to ensure that we record, process, summarize and report in a timely manner the information we must disclose in reports that we file with or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.  Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  During the fourth quarter of 2011, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and includes those policies and procedures that:

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

- 103 -

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, we assessed, as of December 31, 2011, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.  This assessment was based on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on our assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

ITEM 9B.                      OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement filed or to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders except for certain information required by Item 10 with respect to our executive officers which is set forth under Item 1.  "Business", of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Documents filed as part of this Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of Part II.

2. Financial Statement Schedules. N/A

3. Exhibits. References to the “Company” shall mean Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. Unless otherwise noted, the SEC file number for exhibits incorporated by reference is 001-12421.

- 104 -

*2.1	LifeGen Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2011 between LifeGen Technologies, LLC and Nu Skin International, Inc. (the Company undertakes to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-12073) (the “Form S-1”)).
3.2	Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
3.3	Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
3.4	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011)
4.1	Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-90716)).
4.2	Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for Class B Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-1).
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001, among the Company, various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
10.2	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2001, among the Company, various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
10.3	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2003 between the Company, various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
10.4	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, various financial institutions, and Bank One, N.A. as Administrative Agent  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).

- 105 -

10.5	Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006).
10.6	Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2006, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006).
10.7	Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 15, 2007).
10.8	Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007).
10.9	Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2008, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.87 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
10.10	Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 25, 2009, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One N.A.) as successor administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2009).
10.11	Letter Agreement among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as successor to Bank One, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2007).
10.12	Credit Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, among the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)
10.13	Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003, between the Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (the “Private Shelf Agreement”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
10.14	First Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2003 between the Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).

- 106 -

10.15	Second Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., and the holders of the Series A Senior Notes and Series B Senior Notes issued under the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
10.16	Third Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement dated June 13, 2005 between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
10.17	Fourth Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement dated July 28, 2006 between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006).
10.18	Fifth Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement dated October 5, 2006 between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006).
10.19	Sixth Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007).
10.20	Seventh Amendment to the Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.83 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
10.21	Multi-Currency Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 1, 2009, between the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.22	Letter Agreement among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2007).
10.23	Letter Agreement dated October 1, 2009, among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.24	Series C Senior Notes Nos. C-1 and C-2 issued February 7, 2005 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 8, 2005).

- 107 -

10.25	Series D Senior Notes Nos. D-1, D-2, D-3 and D-4 issued October 3, 2006 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 10, 2006).
10.26	Series E Senior Notes Nos. E-1, E-2, E-3, E-4 and E-5 issued January 19, 2007 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 2007).
10.27	Series E Senior Note E-6, issued July 20, 2007, by the Company to Prudential Insurance Company of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 8-K filed January 14, 2008).
10.28	Series EE Senior Note EE-1, issued January 8, 2008, by the Company to Prudential Insurance Company of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 8-K filed January 14, 2008).
10.29	Series F Senior Notes Nos. F-1 and F-2 issued September 28, 2007 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
10.30	Pledge Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., acting in its capacity as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
10.31	Pledge Amendments executed by the Company dated December 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
10.32	Pledge Agreement dated as of January 31, 2005 by and among Nu Skin Asia Investment, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as agent for and on behalf of the Benefited Parties under the Amended and Restated Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement (referred to below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on March 10, 2005).
10.33	Amended and Restated Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003, by and among the Company and various of its subsidiaries, U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent, and various lending institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
10.34	Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement, and other ancillary agreements, dated as of December 30, 2010 between Aspen Country, LLC and Nu Skin International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

- 108 -

10.35	Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement, and other ancillary agreements, dated as of December 30, 2010 between Scrub Oak, LLC and Nu Skin International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
10.36	Form of Promissory Notes dated as of December 30, 2010 by Nu Skin International, Inc., with a schedule of material differences (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
10.37	Design and Construction Agreements effective March 10, 2011, between Nu Skin International, Inc. and each of Bolin Cywinski Jackson and Okland Construction Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.38	Tenth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2011, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One N.A.) as successor administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.39	Form of Termination of Lock-up Agreements dated as of September 1, 2010 between the Company and each of Blake and Nancy Roney, Steven and Kalleen Lund, and Sandra Tillotson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
#10.40	Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Company and certain of its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
#10.41	Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
#10.42	Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
#10.43	Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Trust dated December 14, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2005).
#10.44	Second Amended and Restated Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
#10.45	Form of Master Stock Option Agreement (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

- 109 -

#10.46	Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
#10.47	Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2006).
#10.48	Form of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006).
#10.49	Form of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan Performance Option (U.S.)) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
#10.50	Form of Master Stock Option Agreement for Directors (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
#10.51	Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
#10.52	Form of Master Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006).
#10.53	Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2010).
#10.54	Form of 2010 Plan U.S. Stock Option Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2010).
#10.55	Form of 2010 Plan U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2010).
#10.56	Form of 2010 Plan U.S. Performance Stock Option Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
#10.57	Form of 2010 Plan U.S. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2010).
#10.58	Form of 2010 Plan Director Stock Option Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010).

- 110 -

#10.59	Form of 2010 Plan Director Restricted Stock Unit Master Agreement and Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010).
#10.60	Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2009 Key Employee Death Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
#10.61	Employment Letter between the Company and Truman Hunt dated January 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
#10.62	Summary of Modifications to Truman Hunt’s Employment Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
#10.63	Joseph Y. Chang Employment Agreement dated November 9, 2009, between Mr. Chang and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009).
#10.64	Daniel Chard Employment Agreement effective February 13, 2006 between Mr. Chard and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
#10.65	Summary of Modifications to Dan Chard’s Employment Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
#10.66	Event Appearance Bonus Guidelines (Approved for Sandra Tillotson in October 2006) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
#10.67	Ashok Pahwa Settlement and Release Agreement dated April 1, 2010, between Mr. Pahwa and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).
#10.68	Gary Sumihiro Settlement and Release Agreement dated March 1, 2009, between Mr. Sumihiro and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
#10.69	Gary Sumihiro Consulting Agreement dated March 1, 2009, between Mr. Sumihiro and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
#10.70	Form of Key Employee Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
*21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company.
*23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

- 111 -

*31.1	Certification by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*31.2	Certification by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*32.1	Certification by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*32.2	Certification by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
**101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
**101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
**101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
**101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
**101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

  * Filed herewith.

** Furnished, not filed, herewith.

  # Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

- 112 -

 SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 27, 2012.

NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
By:	/s/ M. Truman Hunt
	M. Truman Hunt, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2012.

Signatures	Capacity in Which Signed
/s/ Blake M. Roney	Chairman of the Board
Blake M. Roney
/s/ M. Truman Hunt	President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
M. Truman Hunt	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Ritch N. Wood	Chief Financial Officer
Ritch N. Wood	(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Sandra N. Tillotson	Senior Vice President, Director
Sandra N. Tillotson
/s/ Steven J. Lund	Director
Steven J. Lund
/s/ Daniel W. Campbell	Director
Daniel W. Campbell
/s/ E.J. “Jake” Garn	Director
E. J. “Jake” Garn
/s/ Andrew D. Lipman	Director
Andrew D. Lipman
/s/ Patricia A. Negrón	Director
Patricia A. Negrón
/s/ David D. Ussery	Director
David D. Ussery
/s/ Thomas R. Pisano	Director
Thomas R. Pisano
/s/ Nevin N. Andersen	Director
Nevin N. Andersen
/s/ Neil Offen	Director
Neil Offen

- 113 -

EX-2.1

EXHIBIT 2.1

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

NSE Products, Inc.

and

LifeGen Technologies, LLC

and

Richard Weindruch and Tomas Prolla

dated

December 13, 2011

INDEX OF DEFINITIONS

Defined Term	Section
“Agreement”	Introductory paragraph
“Allocation”	§ 2.6
“Assignment and Assumption Agreement”	§ 2.7 (a)(i)
“Assumed Liabilities”	§ 2.4(a)
“Balance Sheet”	§ 3.4
“Benefit Plans”	§ 3.11
“Bill of Sale”	§ 2.7(a)(i)
“Buyer”	Introductory paragraph
“Buyer’s Closing Documents”	§ 4.2(a)
“Buyer Indemnified Persons”	§ 8.2
“Closing”	§ 2.6
“Consulting Agreements”	§ 2.7(a)(v)
“Damages”	§ 8.2
“DTLRA”	Recitals
“Excluded Assets”	§ 2.2(a)
“GAAP”	§ 1.2(b)
“Indemnified Person”	§ 8.8(a)
“Indemnifying Person”	§ 8.8(a)
“Interim Balance Sheet”	§ 3.4
“Members”	Introductory paragraph
“Noncompetition Agreements”	§ 2.7(a)(vi)
“Purchased Assets”	§ 2.1
“Purchase Price”	§ 2.2(d)
“Real Property”	§ 3.6(b)
“Research and Development Agreement”	§ 2.7(a)(vii)
“Retained Liabilities”	§ 2.4(b)
“Seller”	Introductory paragraph
“Seller’s Closing Documents”	§ 3.2(a)

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is dated December 13, 2011, by and among NSE Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”); LifeGen Technologies, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Seller”); Richard Weindruch, a resident of Wisconsin; and Tomas Prolla, a resident of Wisconsin (Dr. Weindruch and Dr. Prolla are referred to herein as “Members”).

RECITALS

Seller is in the business of performing research relating to genes and aging;

Seller and Buyer entered into a Development, Technology Licensing, and Research Agreement, dated September 4, 2009 (“DTLRA”), pursuant to which Seller was engaged to perform a Development Program  using LifeGen Technology and creating Development Project IP (each as defined in the DTLRA), the ownership of which was allocated under provisions of the DTLRA.  Under the DTLRA Buyer was granted a license to use LifeGen Technology.

Buyer desires to freely use LifeGen Technology in products and research done by or on Buyer’s behalf and desires to acquire substantially all of the LifeGen Technology that Seller owns, including Seller’s interest in the Development Project IP and substantially all of the tangible assets Seller uses in performing research for Buyer and other research clients and to terminate the DTLRA, in view of Buyer’s acquisition of such research assets.

Upon Buyer’s acquisition of such research assets, Buyer and Seller desire to enter into a new Research Agreement for Seller to continue certain ongoing research projects of Buyer and to undertake certain agreed new research projects for a period planned to be two years, using on a loaned basis the research assets Buyer acquires.

Members own the following percentages of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Seller:  Dr. Weindruch: 41.594% and Dr. Prolla: 27.730%.  Seller desires to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase, the research assets of Seller for the consideration and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

I.           Definitions and Usage

1.1Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms and variations thereof have the meanings specified or referred to in this Section 1.1:

“Closing Date”—the date on which the Closing actually takes place.

-1-

“Consent”—any approval, consent, ratification, waiver or other authorization.

“Contemplated Transactions”—all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Contract”—any agreement, contract, lease, consensual obligation, promise or undertaking (whether written or oral and whether express or implied), whether or not legally binding.

“Disclosure Schedules”—the disclosure schedules delivered by Seller and Members to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

“Effective Time”—12:01 a.m., Central Time, on the Closing Date.

“Encumbrance”—any charge, claim, community or other marital property interest, condition, equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, security interest, mortgage, right of way, easement, encroachment, servitude, right of first option, right of first refusal or similar restriction, including any restriction on use, voting (in the case of any security or equity interest), transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

“ERISA”—the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

“Governing Documents”—with respect to any particular entity, (a) if a corporation, the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) if a limited liability company, the articles of organization and operating agreement; (c) if another type of Person, any other charter or similar document adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of the Person; (d) all equityholders’ agreements, voting agreements, voting trust agreements, joint venture agreements, registration rights agreements or other agreements or documents relating to the organization, management or operation of any Person or relating to the rights, duties and obligations of the equityholders of any Person; and (e) any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing.

“Governmental Authorization”—any Consent, license, registration or permit issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement.

“Governmental Body”—any (a) nation, state, county, city, town, borough, village, district or other jurisdiction; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any agency, branch, department, board, commission, court, tribunal or other entity exercising governmental or quasi-governmental powers); (d) multinational organization or body; (e) body exercising, or entitled or purporting to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power; or (f) official of any of the foregoing.

“Intellectual Property Assets” —intellectual property rights, including:

-2-

(i)assumed fictional business names, trade names, registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and applications (collectively, “Marks”);

(ii)patents, patent applications and inventions and discoveries that may be patentable (collectively, “Patents”);

(iii)registered and unregistered copyrights in both published works and unpublished works including copyright rights in Software (collectively, “Copyrights”);

(iv)rights in mask works (“Mask Works”);

(v)know-how, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, customer lists, Software, technical information, data, process technology, plans, drawings and blue prints (collectively, “Trade Secrets”);

(vi)rights in internet domain names and social media account names (collectively “Net Names”); and

(vii)all other material intellectual and industrial property rights of every kind and nature and however designated,

“IRS”—the United States Internal Revenue Service and, to the extent relevant, the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Knowledge”—an individual will be deemed to have Knowledge of a particular fact or other matter if:

(a)           that individual is actually aware of that fact or matter; or

(b)           a prudent individual could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of that fact or matter in the course of conducting a reasonably comprehensive investigation regarding the accuracy of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

As to Seller, Knowledge shall mean only the Knowledge (as set forth in (a) and (b) above) of Dr. Weindruch and Dr. Prolla; and as to Buyer, Knowledge shall mean only the Knowledge (as set forth in (a) and (b) above) of Tyler Whitehead.

“Legal Requirement”—any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common law, code, regulation, statute or treaty.

“Liability”—with respect to any Person, any liability or obligation of such Person of any kind, character or description, whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, joint or several, due or to become due, vested or unvested, executory, determined, determinable or otherwise, and whether or not the same is required to be accrued on the financial statements of such Person.

-3-

“Order”—any order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, assessment or arbitration award of any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

“Ordinary Course of Business”—an action taken by a Person will be deemed to have been taken in the Ordinary Course of Business only if that action:  (a) is consistent in nature, scope and magnitude with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal, day-to-day operations of such Person; and (b) does not require authorization by the board of directors or shareholders of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority) and does not require any other separate or special authorization of any nature.

“Owned IP” —Intellectual Property Assets owned by Seller.

“Person”—an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity or a Governmental Body.

“Proceeding”—any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, judicial or investigative, whether formal or informal, whether public or private) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

“Representative”—with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, accountant, financial advisor, legal counsel or other representative of that Person.

“Software”—all computer software and subsequent versions thereof, including source code, object, executable or binary code, objects, comments, screens, user interfaces, report formats, templates, menus, buttons and icons and all files, data, materials, manuals, design notes and other items and documentation related thereto or associated therewith.

“Tax”—any income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental, windfall profit, customs, vehicle, airplane, boat, vessel or other title or registration, capital stock, franchise, employees’ income withholding, foreign or domestic withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative, add-on minimum and other tax, fee, assessment, levy, tariff, charge or duty of any kind whatsoever and any interest, penalty, addition or additional amount thereon imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or payable under any tax-sharing agreement or any other Contract.

“Tax Return”—any return (including any information return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form, declaration, claim for refund or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

-4-

“Third Party”—a Person that is not a party to this Agreement.

“Third-Party Claim”—any claim against any Indemnified Person by a Third Party, whether or not involving a Proceeding.

“Third Party Owned IP” —Intellectual Property Assets owned by a Third Party.

1.2Usage.

(a)Interpretation.  In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i)the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii)reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

(iii)reference to any gender includes each other gender;

(iv)reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(v)reference to any Legal Requirement means such Legal Requirement as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any Legal Requirement means that provision of such Legal Requirement from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision;

(vi)“hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other provision hereof;

(vii)“including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(viii)“or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”;

(ix)with respect to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”; and

-5-

(x)references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

(b)Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for financial reporting in the United States, (“GAAP”).

(c)Legal Representation of the Parties.  This Agreement was negotiated by the parties with the benefit of legal representation, and any rule of construction or interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement to be construed or interpreted against any party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof.

II.           Sale and Transfer of Assets; Closing

2.1Termination; Assets to be Sold; License.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, but effective as of the Effective Time, Seller and Buyer agree to terminate the DTLRA, and Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Seller, free and clear of any Encumbrances, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a)all of Seller’s property and assets that are set forth on Exhibit 2.1(a);

(b)all of the Contracts set forth on Exhibit 2.1(b);

(c)all insurance benefits, including rights and proceeds, arising from or relating to the above assets, unless expended in accordance with this Agreement; and

(d)all claims of Seller against Third Parties relating to the above assets, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or noncontingent.

All of the property and assets to be transferred to Buyer hereunder are herein referred to collectively as the “Purchased Assets.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the transfer of the Purchased Assets pursuant to this Agreement shall not include the assumption of any Liability related to the Purchased Assets unless Buyer expressly assumes that Liability pursuant to Section 2.4(a).

Although the parties agree to terminate the DTLRA as of the Effective Time, the parties further agree that the royalty obligations of Buyer shall have terminated as of September 30, 2011, such that any Gross Sales under the DTLRA received on or after October 1, 2011 shall be free of any Product Royalty.

-6-

2.2Excluded Assets; License.

(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, certain assets of Seller which, if owned or possessed by Buyer, might lead to undesired obligations, are not part of the Purchased Assets described in Section 2.1 (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”) and shall remain the property of Seller after the Closing, but shall be used under terms and conditions that protect the value Buyer acquires in the Purchased Assets.  Buyer shall have the option to own and/or possess such assets in the future without further payment to Seller or to determine their disposition, including abandonment, as required to protect the value Buyer acquires in the Purchased Assets.

(b)To fully enable Buyer’s use of the Purchased Assets, Seller grants Buyer and its affiliates and their distributors a royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to use any Owned IP (other than Marks or Net Names Seller owns) included in the Excluded Assets for the purpose of making, having made, using, selling, offering for sale or importing any current or future cosmetic or dietary products or services of Buyer or its affiliates and their distributors (including products developed  under the DTLRA) and carrying on any current or future research and development activity by or for Buyer or its affiliates, including the Development Program.  This license is sublicensable to Buyer affiliates, distributors and customers.  To the extent Buyer reasonably needs and request documents that describe or embody such licensed Owned IP, Seller shall promptly supply such documents, and may charge Buyer the reasonable cost of any copies that may need to be made.

(c)Seller and Buyer agree that the data mining tool software (“DBTool”) that is used in and/or with the LifeGenDB database as identified in Exhibit 2.1 (“LifeGenDB”) is not a Purchased Asset, but will be handled according to the following provisions:

(i)Seller will use the DBTool to continue to operate and provide access to the LifeGenDB for Seller employees, for current LifeGenDB licensee Alltech, Inc., for authorized representatives of Buyer and its affiliates and for any future LifeGenDB licensee approved by Buyer.  Seller shall provide Buyer such access to the LifeGenDB for a period continuing  to June 30, 2015.  Buyer will pay the costs of maintaining the LifeGenDB up to that date.  At this date, Seller may discontinue operation of the database, but shall follow instructions of Buyer with respect to delivery of, or other disposition of, the data in the LifeGenDB and of the DBTool.  In operating the LifeGenDB, Seller shall be responsible to ensure that the portions of the data proprietary to Alltech, Inc., to Buyer or its affiliates, or any other party that is permitted to include its proprietary data in the LifeGenDB are accessible only by the owner of such data or other parties having the express permission of such owner.  Upon Buyer’s request, Seller shall at any time provide Buyer an electronic copy in agreed format and media of all data in the LifeGenDB that is not proprietary to another party, and if Buyer requests, a copy of the DBTool (not including any open source software contained therein).

-7-

(ii)To the extent Buyer representatives require a password or user ID in order to access the LifeGenDB, Buyer will promptly and securely supply, or permit Buyer representatives to establish, the same.

(iii)Buyer shall have the right upon reasonable notice to Seller to view a copy of the DBTool source code at any time and may make a copy of and use any portions of the source or object code (other than any portions comprising open source) to aid in developing a similar tool.  Seller and Buyer agree to treat the source and object code of the DBTool as confidential information of Seller (held for the benefit of Buyer).  Buyer shall be free to use any similar tool Buyer develops in the operations of Buyer and its affiliates worldwide and free of any royalty or restriction.

(iv)Seller shall use reasonable security measures to ensure that the only parties permitted to  use the DBTool are Buyer, Alltech Inc. or another licensee Buyer has approved, and Seller shall not disclose the source or object code of the DBTool to any party, other than Buyer, or a software support consultant to Seller who has signed a written confidentiality agreement protecting both the code of the DBTool and the data in the LifeGen DB.

(d)Seller agrees that any Marks or Net Names and any other rights in the name LifeGen that Seller owns shall be used only during the term of the Research and Development Agreement and only in connection with the activities contemplated by the Research and Development Agreement or the Consulting Agreements.  Seller agrees to follow Buyer’s instructions as to discontinuing use of and disposition of all Marks or Net Names and any other rights in the name LifeGen that Seller owns, as provided in the Research and Development Agreement or in Buyer instructions that supersede the Research and Development Agreement.

(e)Seller has advised Buyer that the Development Program does not require the use of any rights, data or materials Seller holds under license from the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF Technology”).  Seller shall not assign to Buyer hereunder any WARF Technology and will immediately inform Buyer if Seller plans to use any WARF Technology in any endeavor for Buyer.  Seller further agrees not to use the WARF Technology for any other party (other than for Preexisting Agreements as defined in the Research and Development Agreement), without the written permission of Buyer, which Buyer may in its discretion withhold.

(f)In the event the terms and conditions governing Seller’s possession, use or licensing of any rights, products or services, including software from Affymetrix, Inc., prevent the sale and assignment of any of the rights, products or services to be included in the Purchased Assets or their use as contemplated in the Research and Development Agreement, such rights, products or services shall be treated as Excluded Assets until Buyer and Seller arrange for acceptable consents to permit the planned assignment, or if such consents cannot be obtained on commercially reasonable terms, then Buyer and Seller shall work out arrangements that provide Buyer rights of use or access or service arrangements that come as close as possible to the rights Buyer would have had if the sale and assignment and the actions under the Research and Development Agreement had been possible.

-8-

2.3Consideration.

The consideration for the Purchased Assets (the “Purchase Price”) will be eleven million six hundred sixty-two thousand and five hundred dollars ($11,662,500).

2.4Liabilities.

(a)Assumed Liabilities.  On the Closing Date, but effective as of the Effective Time, Buyer shall assume and agree to discharge only any Liability arising after the Effective Time under the Contracts described in Exhibit 2.1(b) (the “Assumed Liabilities”):

(b)Retained Liabilities.  The Retained Liabilities shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed and discharged solely by Seller.  “Retained Liabilities” shall mean every Liability of Seller other than the Assumed Liabilities, including:

(i)any Liability under any Contract assumed by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.1(b) that arises after the Effective Time but that arises out of or relates to any breach of the Contract that occurred prior to the Effective Time;

(ii)any Liability of Seller under this Agreement or any other document executed in connection with the Contemplated Transactions; and

(iii)any Liability of Seller based upon Seller’s acts or omissions occurring after the Effective Time.

2.5Allocation.

Buyer and Seller shall jointly allocate the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code (the “Allocation”) among the Purchased Assets, as reasonably determined by Buyer and Seller within 45 days after the Closing.  Seller and Buyer agree to prepare and file an IRS Form 8594 for or such other form or statement as may be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, and any comparable state or local income tax form, in a manner consistent with the Allocation. Seller and Buyer shall adhere to the Allocation for all tax-related purposes including any federal, foreign, state, county or local income and franchise tax return filed by them after the Closing Date, including the determination by Seller of taxable gain or loss on the sale of the Purchased Assets and the determination by Buyer of its tax basis with respect to the Purchased Assets. Neither Buyer nor Seller shall file any tax returns or, in a judicial or administrative proceeding, assert or maintain any tax reporting position that is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Allocation agreed to in accordance with this Agreement, unless required to do so by applicable law.

-9-

2.6Closing.

The purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement (the “Closing”) will take place at the offices of Neider & Boucher, S.C., at 401 Charmany Dr., Madison, Wisconsin 53719, commencing at 10:00 a.m. (Central Time) on December 13, 2011, unless Buyer and Seller otherwise agree.

2.7Closing Obligations.

In addition to any other documents to be delivered under other provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing:

(a)Seller and Members, as the case may be, shall deliver to Buyer, together with funds sufficient to pay all Taxes necessary for the transfer, filing or recording thereof:

(i)a bill of sale for all of the Purchased Assets in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(i) (the “Bill of Sale”) executed by Seller;

(ii)an assignment of all of the Purchased Assets that are intangible personal property (exclusive of Intellectual Property Assets), which assignment shall also contain Buyer’s undertaking and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(ii) (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”), executed by Seller;

(iii)assignments of all Intellectual Property Assets and separate assignments of all registered Marks, Patents and Copyrights executed by Seller in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(iii), executed by Seller;

(iv)such other deeds, bills of sale, assignments, certificates of title, documents and other instruments of transfer and conveyance as may reasonably be requested by Buyer, each in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and its legal counsel and executed by Seller;

(v)consulting agreements executed by Dr. Weindruch and Dr. Prolla in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(v) (the “Consulting Agreements”);

(vi)noncompetition agreements, executed by each Member in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(vi) (the “Noncompetition Agreements”);

(vii)a new Research and Development Agreement, in the form of Exhibit 2.7(a)(vii) (the “Research and Development Agreement”), executed by Seller and replacing the terminated DTLRA dated September 4, 2009;

(viii)a duly executed certificate in the form specified in Treas. Reg. Section 1.1445-2(b);

-10-

(ix)a certificate executed by Seller and each Member as to the accuracy of their representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing in accordance with Section 5.1 and as to their compliance with and performance of their covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with at or before the Closing in accordance with Section 5.2; and

(x)a certificate of the President of Seller certifying, as complete and accurate as of the Closing, attached copies of the Governing Documents of Seller, certifying and attaching all requisite resolutions or actions of Seller’s managers and members approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions and certifying to the incumbency and signatures of the officers of Seller executing this Agreement and any other document relating to the Contemplated Transactions.

(b)Buyer shall deliver to Seller and Members, as the case may be:

(i)the Purchase Price, by wire transfer to an account designated by Seller;

(ii)the Assignment and Assumption Agreement executed by Buyer;

(iii)the Consulting Agreements executed by Buyer;

(iv)the Noncompetition Agreements executed by Buyer;

(v)the Research and Development Agreement, executed by Buyer;

(vi)a certificate executed by Buyer as to the accuracy of its representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing in accordance with Section 6.1 and as to its compliance with and performance of its covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with at or before the Closing in accordance with Section 6.2; and

(vii)a certificate of the Secretary of Buyer certifying, as complete and accurate as of the Closing, attached copies of the Governing Documents of Buyer and certifying and attaching all requisite resolutions or actions of Buyer’s board of directors approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions and certifying to the incumbency and signatures of the officers of Buyer executing this Agreement and any other document relating to the Contemplated Transactions.

-11-

III.           Representations and Warranties of Seller and Members

Seller and each Member represent and warrant, jointly and severally, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, as follows:

3.1Organization and Good Standing.

Seller is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, with full limited liability company power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted, to own or use the properties and assets that it purports to own or use, and to perform all its obligations under the Contracts to which it is a party.  Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company and is in good standing under the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which either the ownership or use of the properties owned or used by it, or the nature of the activities conducted by it, requires such qualification.

3.2Enforceability; Authority; No Conflict.

(a)This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller and each Member, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.  Upon the execution and delivery by Seller and Members of the Consulting Agreements, the Noncompetition Agreement, the Research and Development Agreement and each other agreement to be executed or delivered by any or all of Seller and Members at the Closing (collectively, the “Seller’s Closing Documents”), each of Seller’s Closing Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of Seller (if a party thereto) and the Members (if parties thereto), enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of this Agreement and Seller’s Closing Documents may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b)Except as set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time), (i) breach any provision of any of the Governing Documents of Seller, (ii) breach or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge any of the Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Seller or either Member, or any of the Purchased Assets, may be subject; or (iii) breach any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or payment under, or to cancel, terminate or modify, any Contract; or (iv) result in any member of the Seller having the right to exercise dissenters’ appraisal rights.

(c)Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, neither Seller nor either Member is required to give any notice to or obtain any Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

-12-

3.3Capitalization.

The authorized equity securities of Seller consist of One Million (1,000,000) membership units, of which Five Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand and Two (577,002) units are issued and outstanding, four hundred thousand (400,000) of which are owned by the Members.  The Members are and will be on the Closing Date the record and beneficial owners and holders of the units owned by each of them, free and clear of all Encumbrances.  There are no Contracts relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of Seller.

3.4Financial Statements.

Seller has delivered to Buyer:  (a) a compiled balance sheet of Seller as at December 31, 2010, and the related compiled statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the accompanying supplementary information, together with the accountants’ completed report, which report indicates that the accountants are not considered independent.

3.5Books and Records.

The books of account and other financial records of Seller, all of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and correct in all material respects and represent actual, bona fide transactions.  The minute books of Seller, all of which have been made available to Buyer, contain accurate and complete Records of all formal meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, the managers and the members of Seller, and no formal meeting of any such members or managers has been held for which minutes have not been prepared or are not contained in such minute books.

3.6Real Property.

(a)Owned Real Property.  Seller owns no real property.

(b)No Proceedings.   To Seller’s Knowledge, there are no eminent domain or other similar proceedings pending or threatened affecting any portion of the real property leased by Seller, including any structures, facilities, improvements, fixtures, systems, equipment and items of property presently or hereafter located thereon or attached thereto and any easements, licenses, rights or appurtenances relating to the foregoing (the “Real Property”).  To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no writ, injunction, decree, order or judgment outstanding, nor any action, claim, suit or proceeding, pending or threatened, relating to the ownership, lease, use, occupancy or operation by any Person of any Real Property.

(c)Current Use. The use and operation of the Real Property by Seller does not violate in any material respect any instrument of record or agreement affecting the Real Property.  To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no violation of any covenant, condition, restriction, easement or order of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such property or of any other Person entitled to enforce the same affecting the Real Property or the use or occupancy thereof.  No damage or destruction has occurred with respect to any of the Real Property that would, individually or in the aggregate, have or result in a material adverse effect on the business.

-13-

3.7Title to Purchased Assets; Encumbrances.

Seller owns good and transferable title to all of the Purchased Assets free and clear of any Encumbrances, except as set forth in Section 3.18(c) of the Disclosure Schedules.  Seller warrants to Buyer that, at the time of Closing, all Purchased Assets shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in Section 3.18(c) of the Disclosure Schedules.  The Purchased Assets are in reasonably good repair and operating condition (subject to normal wear and tear) and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no facts or conditions affecting the Purchased Assets which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

3.8No Undisclosed Liabilities.

Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedules, Seller has no Liability except for Liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet or the Interim Balance Sheet and current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of Seller since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet.

3.9Taxes.

Seller has filed or caused to be filed on a timely basis all Tax Returns and all reports with respect to Taxes that are or were required to be filed pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements.  All Tax Returns and reports filed by Seller are true, correct and complete.  Seller has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes that have or may have become due for all periods covered by the Tax Returns or otherwise, or pursuant to any assessment received by Seller, except such Taxes, if any, as are listed in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedules and are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves (determined in accordance with GAAP) have been provided in the Balance Sheet and the Interim Balance Sheet.  Seller currently is not the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return.  No claim has ever been made or is expected to be made by any Governmental Body in a jurisdiction where Seller does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.  There are no Encumbrances on any of the Purchased Assets that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax, and Seller has no Knowledge of any basis for assertion of any claims attributable to Taxes which, if adversely determined, would result in any such Encumbrance.

3.10No Material Adverse Change.

Since the date of the Balance Sheet, there has not been any material adverse change in the business, operations, prospects, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or other) of Seller, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may result in such a material adverse change.

-14-

3.11Employee Benefits.

Except as set forth on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedules with respect to current or former employees of Seller, independent contractors, or the spouses, beneficiaries or dependents thereof, Seller does not maintain or contribute to, has not maintained or contributed to, does not have and has not had any obligation to contribute to, or does not have and has not had any actual Liability or potential Liability with respect to any (i) deferred compensation or bonus or retirement plans or arrangements, (ii) qualified or nonqualified defined contribution or defined benefit plans or arrangements which are employee pension benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA),(iii) employee welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), stock option or stock purchase plans, or material fringe benefit plans or programs whether in writing or oral and whether or not terminated, or (iv) employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) or other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement of any kind.  Seller has never contributed to any multiemployer pension plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), and Seller has never maintained or contributed to any defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA).  The plans listed on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedules are referred to herein as the “Benefit Plans.”

3.12Compliance with Legal Requirements; Governmental Authorizations.

(a)Except as set forth in Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules:

(i)Seller is, and at all times since January 1, 2010, has been, in material compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets;

(ii)no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) (A) may constitute or result in a violation by Seller of, or a failure on the part of Seller to comply with, any Legal Requirement in any material respect or (B) may give rise to any obligation on the part of Seller to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature; and

(iii)Seller has not received, at any time since January 1, 2007, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding (A) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement or (B) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of Seller to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

(b)Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of each Governmental Authorization that is held by Seller or that otherwise relates to Seller’s business or the Purchased Assets.  Each Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules is valid and in full force and effect.  Except as set forth in Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules:

-15-

(i)Seller is, and at all times since January 1, 2007, has been, in material compliance with all of the terms and requirements of each Governmental Authorization identified or required to be identified in Section 3.12(b);

(ii)no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may (with or without notice or lapse of time) (A) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a violation of or a failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.12(b) in any material respect or (B) result directly or indirectly in the revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or termination of, or any modification to, any Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.12(b);

(iii)Seller has not received, at any time since January 1, 2007, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding (A) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of or failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization or (B) any actual, proposed, possible or potential revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination of or modification to any Governmental Authorization; and

(iv)all applications required to have been filed for the renewal of the Governmental Authorizations listed or required to be listed in Section 3.12(b) have been duly filed on a timely basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies, and all other filings required to have been made with respect to such Governmental Authorizations have been duly made on a timely basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies.

The Governmental Authorizations listed in Section 3.12(b) collectively constitute all of the Governmental Authorizations necessary to permit Seller to lawfully conduct and operate its business in the manner in which it currently conducts and operates such business and to permit Seller to own and use its assets in the manner in which it currently owns and uses such assets.

3.13Legal Proceedings; Orders.

(a)Except as set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, there is no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened Proceeding:

(i)by or against Seller or that otherwise relates to or may affect the business of, or any of the assets owned or used by, Seller; or

(ii)that challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the Contemplated Transactions.

To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that is reasonably likely to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding.

-16-

(b)Except as set forth in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules:

(i)there is no Order to which Seller, its business or any of the Purchased Assets is subject; and

(ii)to the Knowledge of Seller, no officer, director, agent or employee of Seller is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the business of Seller.

3.14Contracts; No Defaults.

(a)Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedules contains an accurate and complete list, and Seller has delivered to Buyer accurate and complete copies, of: (i) each Contract of Seller that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by or to Seller of an amount or value in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000); (ii) each Contract of Seller affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of or any leasehold or other interest in any of the Purchased Assets; (iii) each Contract of Seller (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by Seller with any other Person; (iv) each Contract of Seller containing covenants that in any way purport to restrict Seller’s business activity or limit the freedom of Seller to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person; (v) each written warranty, guaranty and/or other similar undertaking with respect to contractual performance extended by Seller other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; and (vi) each amendment, supplement and modification (whether oral or written) in respect of any of the foregoing.

(b)Except as set forth in Section 3.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedules:

(i)each Contract identified in Exhibit 2.1(b) is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(ii)each Contract identified in Exhibit 2.1(b) is assignable by Seller to Buyer without the consent of any other Person; and

(iii)there is no default or claim of default under any Contract listed in Exhibit 2.1(b), and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a default thereunder or would permit modification, acceleration, or termination of any Contract listed in Exhibit 2.1(b), or result in the creation of an Encumbrance on any of the Purchased Assets.

3.15Insurance.

Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth, by year, for the current policy year and each of the three (3) preceding policy years a summary of the loss experience under each policy of insurance.  Seller’s insurance policies provide adequate insurance coverage for the Purchased Assets and the operations of Seller for all risks normally insured against by a Person carrying on the same business or businesses as Seller in the same location.

-17-

3.16Environmental Matters.

Seller is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with, and has not been and is not in violation in any material respect of or liable under, any environmental law.  Neither Seller nor either Member has any basis to expect, nor has any of them or any other Person for whose conduct they are or may be held to be responsible received, any actual or threatened order, notice or other communication from (i) any Governmental Body or private citizen acting in the public interest or (ii) the current or prior owner or operator of any of the Real Property, of any actual or potential violation or failure to comply with any environmental law, or of any actual or threatened obligation to undertake or bear the cost of any environmental, health and safety Liabilities with respect to any property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest, or with respect to any property at or to which hazardous materials were generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, imported, used or processed by Seller or any other Person for whose conduct it is or may be held responsible, or from which hazardous materials have been transported, treated, stored, handled, transferred, disposed, recycled or received.

3.17Employees.

(a)Seller has been in material compliance with all applicable requirements of law which relate to employment, termination of employment, labor relations, employment taxes, classification of employees, prices, wages, hours, discrimination in employment, collective bargaining and other similar employment practices or acts.

(b)To the Knowledge of Seller, no officer, director, agent, employee, consultant, or contractor of Seller is bound by any Contract that purports to limit the ability of such officer, director, agent, employee, consultant, or contractor (i) to engage in or continue or perform any conduct, activity, duties or practice relating to the business of Seller or (ii) to assign to Seller or to any other Person any rights to any invention, improvement, or discovery.  No former or current employee of Seller is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any Contract that in any way adversely affected, affects, or will affect the ability of Seller or Buyer to conduct the business as heretofore carried on by Seller.

3.18Intellectual Property Assets.

(a)Section 3.18(a)(1) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all Owned IP that is registered with any government or private IP registration authority and Section 3.18(a)(2) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all material unregistered Owned IP, provided that unregistered Copyrights and any Trade Secrets may be identified by category or area or, in the case of software, by file name and a functional description.

(b)Section 3.18(b)(1) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list and summary description, including any royalties received by Seller, and Seller has delivered to Buyer accurate and complete copies, of all Contracts of Seller relating to licenses out of Owned IP.  Section 3.18(b)(2) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list and summary description, including any royalties paid by Seller, and Seller has delivered to Buyer accurate and complete copies, of all Seller Contracts relating to licenses in of Third Party Owned IP, except for any license implied by the sale of a product and perpetual, paid-up licenses for commonly available Software programs with a value of less than $1,000 under which Seller is the licensee.  There are no outstanding and, to Seller’s Knowledge, no threatened disputes or disagreements with respect to any such listed Contracts.

-18-

(c)(i)           Except as set forth in Section 3.18(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, the Owned IP and the Seller Contracts relating to licenses in of Third Party Owned IP comprise all the Intellectual Property Assets necessary for the operation of Seller’s business as it is currently conducted.  With the purchase of the Purchased Assets, and with the license of Owned IP included in Excluded Assets under Section 2.2(b), Buyer will have all rights in Owned IP necessary for the operation of Seller’s business as it is currently conducted, and Buyer and its affiliates and their distributors shall be free to deal in any current or future cosmetic and dietary products or services (including products developed under the DTLRA) without payment of any royalty or other further compensation to Seller or any party known to Seller and free of any claim of Seller with respect to any Owned IP or Intellectual Property Assets derived from the Owned IP and owned in the future by Seller.  Except as set forth in Section 3.18(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, Seller is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to each item included in the Owned IP, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and Seller has the right to use without payment to a Third Party all of the Third Party Owned IP used in Seller’s business, other than as provided in respect of licenses listed in Section 3.18(b)(2) of the Disclosure Schedules.  All copies of Software owned or controlled by Seller and all uses of Software by Seller are within the scope of licenses granted to Seller and Seller has documents evidencing such licenses.

(ii)Except as set forth in Section 3.18(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, all former and current employees or consultants of Seller have executed written Contracts with Seller that assign to Seller all rights to any inventions, improvements, discoveries, information or other Intellectual Property Assets relating to the business of Seller, or where possible make the contributions of such employees or consultants works made for hire for Seller.

(d)(i)           All of the issued Patents included in Owned IP are currently in compliance with formal legal requirements (including payment of filing, examination and maintenance fees and proofs of working or use), are valid and enforceable, and are not subject to any maintenance fees or taxes or actions falling due within 90 days after the Closing Date.

(ii)No Patent included in Owned IP has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue, reexamination, or opposition Proceeding.  To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no potentially interfering patent or patent application of any Third Party.

-19-

(iii)Except as set forth in Section 3.18(d) of the Disclosure Schedules, no Patent included in Owned IP is infringed or, to Seller’s Knowledge, has been challenged or threatened in any way.

(e)(i)           Section 3.18(e) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list and summary description of all Marks and a listing by category or area of all material Copyrights used by Seller.

(ii)The LifeGen name listed has been used by Seller since at least as early as March 16, 2001, in connection with “research services for others on genes and aging and nutrition” and “offering a database of gene data on genes and aging and nutrition”;

(iii)To Seller’s knowledge, the application of Roger Waite, DBA LifeGen, Inc., Serial No. 85191831, filed Dec. 7, 2010 is the only potentially interfering or infringing trademark or trademark application or use of any other Person;

(iv)No such Mark has been or is now involved in any opposition, invalidation or cancellation Proceeding and, to Seller’s Knowledge, no such action is threatened with respect to any of the Marks.

(v)To Seller’s knowledge no Copyright included in Owned IP is infringed or has been challenged or threatened in any way.

(vi)All material published works encompassed by the Copyrights included in the Owned IP have been marked with the proper copyright notice.

(f)(i)           With respect to each Trade Secret included in Owned IP, the documentation relating to such Trade Secret is current, accurate and sufficient in detail and content to identify and explain it and to allow its full and proper use without reliance on the knowledge or memory of any individual.

(ii)Seller has taken all reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all Trade Secrets included in Owned IP (including the enforcement by Seller of a policy requiring each employee or contractor to execute proprietary information and confidentiality agreements substantially in Seller’s standard form, and all current and former employees and contractors of Seller have executed such an agreement).

(iii)Seller has good title to and an absolute right to use the Trade Secrets included in Owned IP.  The Trade Secrets are not part of the public knowledge or literature and, to Seller’s Knowledge, have not been used, divulged or appropriated either for the benefit of any Person (other than Seller) or to the detriment of Seller.  No Trade Secret is subject to any adverse claim or has been challenged or threatened in any way or infringes any intellectual property right of any other Person.

-20-

(g)(i)           All Net Names included in Owned IP have been registered in the name of Seller and are in compliance with all formal Legal Requirements.

(ii)No Net Name included in Owned IP has been or is now involved in any dispute, opposition, invalidation or cancellation Proceeding and, to Seller’s Knowledge, no such action is threatened with respect to any such Net Name.

(iii)To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no domain name application pending of any other person which would or would potentially interfere with or infringe any Net Name.

(iv)No Net Name is infringed or, to Seller’s Knowledge, has been challenged, interfered with or threatened in any way.  No Net Name infringes, interferes with or is alleged to interfere with or infringe the trademark, copyright or domain name of any other Person.

(h)Seller’s current use of the Owned IP and the products and services of Seller’s business as currently conducted do not infringe or misappropriate any Third Party Owned IP.

(i)Seller has the unencumbered right to disclose all information or materials that it assigns, licenses or otherwise transfers to Buyer under this Agreement and no such information or materials is subject to the rights of any present or former research client or other third party that disclosed it to Seller.

3.19Software, Etc.

(a)All Software that is part of Owned IP has been developed consistent with accepted industry practices, including best practices for reliability, stability and scalability.  Seller has documentation meeting industry standards and sufficient to permit users and IT support personnel of average skill to use and support Seller owned Software.  To the knowledge of Seller, the Software used in the Seller business is substantially free of any material defects, bugs and errors and does not contain or make available any disabling codes or instructions, spyware, Trojan horses, worms, viruses or other software routines that permit or cause unauthorized access to, or impairment or disablement of Software, data or other materials.

(b)Seller has used commercially reasonable efforts to (i) identify any Open Source used in its Software or otherwise in Seller’s business.  No Software included in Owned IP is or has become subject to Open Source disclosure obligations.

-21-

3.20Affiliate Transactions.

No officer, manager, employee, member, or affiliate of Seller or any individual related by marriage or adoption to any such individual or any entity in which any such Person owns any beneficial interest, is a party to any Contract or transaction with Seller or has any interest in any of the Purchased Assets.

3.21Brokers or Finders.

Neither Seller nor any of its Representatives have incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payments in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets or the Contemplated Transactions.

3.22Solvency.

(a)Seller is not now insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent by any of the Contemplated Transactions.  As used in this section, “insolvent” means that the sum of the debts and other probable Liabilities of Seller exceeds the present fair saleable value of Seller’s assets.

(b)Immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions:  (i) Seller will be able to pay its Liabilities as they become due in the usual course of its business; (ii) Seller will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct its present or proposed business; (iii) Seller will have assets (calculated at fair market value) that exceed its Liabilities; and (iv) taking into account all pending and threatened litigation, final judgments against Seller in actions for money damages are not reasonably anticipated to be rendered at a time when, or in amounts such that, Seller will be unable to satisfy any such judgments promptly in accordance with their terms (taking into account the maximum probable amount of such judgments in any such actions and the earliest reasonable time at which such judgments might be rendered) as well as all other obligations of Seller.  The cash available to Seller, after taking into account all other anticipated uses of the cash, will be sufficient to pay all such debts and judgments promptly in accordance with their terms.

3.23Disclosure.

Buyer acknowledges that except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article III, neither Seller nor any person or entity acting on behalf of Seller makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty to Buyer, and Seller hereby disclaims all such other representations and warranties.

IV.           Representations and Warranties of Buyer

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and Members as follows:

-22-

4.1Organization and Good Standing.

Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is now conducted.

4.2Authority; No Conflict.

(a)This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms.  Upon the execution and delivery by Buyer of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Consulting Agreements, the Noncompetition Agreement, the Research and Development Agreement, and each other agreement to be executed or delivered by Buyer at Closing (collectively, the “Buyer’s Closing Documents”), each of the Buyer’s Closing Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its respective terms; except that the enforceability of this Agreement and Buyer’s Closing Documents may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).  Buyer has the absolute and unrestricted right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Buyer’s Closing Documents and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Buyer’s Closing Documents, and such action has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

(b)Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions by Buyer will give any Person the right to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with any of the Contemplated Transactions pursuant to:

(i)any provision of Buyer’s Governing Documents;

(ii)any resolution adopted by the board of directors or the shareholders of Buyer;

(iii)any Legal Requirement or Order to which Buyer may be subject; or

(iv)any Contract to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer may be bound.

Buyer is not and will not be required to obtain any Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

4.3Certain Proceedings.

There is no pending Proceeding that has been commenced against Buyer and that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the Contemplated Transactions.  To Buyer’s Knowledge, no such Proceeding has been threatened.

-23-

4.4Brokers or Finders.

Neither Buyer nor any of its Representatives have incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

V.           Conditions Precedent to Buyer’s Obligation to Close

Buyer’s obligation to purchase the Purchased Assets and to take the other actions required to be taken by Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Buyer, in whole or in part):

5.1Accuracy of Representations.

All of Seller’s and Members’ representations and warranties in this Agreement (considered collectively), and each of these representations and warranties (considered individually), that do not contain an express materiality qualification shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement, and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the time of the Closing as if then made.  All of Seller’s and Members’ representations and warranties in this Agreement that contains an express materiality qualification, shall have been accurate in all respects as of the date of this Agreement, and shall be accurate in all respects as of the time of the Closing as if then made.

5.2Seller’s Performance.

All of the covenants and obligations that Seller and Members are required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered collectively), and each of these covenants and obligations (considered individually), shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

5.3Consents.

Each of the Consents identified in Section 5.3 of the Disclosure Schedules shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

VI.           Conditions Precedent to Seller’s Obligation to Close

Seller’s obligation to sell the Purchased Assets and to take the other actions required to be taken by Seller at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Seller in whole or in part):

-24-

6.1Accuracy of Representations.

All of Buyer’s representations and warranties in this Agreement (considered collectively), and each of these representations and warranties (considered individually), that do not contain an express materiality qualification shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement, and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the time of the Closing as if then made.  Each of Buyer’s  representations and warranties in this Agreement that contains an express materiality qualification, shall have been accurate in all respects as of the date of this Agreement, and shall be accurate in all respects as of the time of the Closing as if then made.

6.2Buyer’s Performance.

All of the covenants and obligations that Buyer is required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered collectively), and each of these covenants and obligations (considered individually), shall have been performed and complied with in all material respects.

VII.           Additional Covenants

7.1Reports and Returns.

Seller shall promptly after the Closing prepare and file all reports and returns required by Legal Requirements relating to the business of Seller as conducted using the Purchased Assets, to and including the Effective Time.

7.2Assistance in Proceedings.

Seller will cooperate with Buyer and its counsel in the contest or defense of, and make available its personnel and provide any testimony and access to its books and records in connection with, any Proceeding involving or relating to (a) any Contemplated Transaction or (b) any action, activity, circumstance, condition, conduct, event, fact, failure to act, incident, occurrence, plan, practice, situation, status or transaction on or before the Closing Date involving Seller or its business or either Member.

7.3Insurance During Transition.

Seller will keep in force for a transition period extending three months from the Closing Date all property insurance that immediately before Closing Seller has in force to protect against loss or damage to the personal property items included in Purchased Assets.

7.4Further Assurances.

The parties shall cooperate reasonably with each other and with their respective Representatives in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of their respective obligations under this Agreement, and shall (a) furnish upon request to each other such further information; (b) execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) do such other acts and things, all as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions.

-25-

VIII.           Indemnification; Remedies

8.1Survival.

All representations, warranties, covenants and obligations in this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedules, the supplements to the Disclosure Schedules, the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 2.7 and any other certificate or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, subject to Section 8.6.  The right to indemnification, reimbursement or other remedy based upon such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any Knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation; provided, however that Buyer warrants and represents that as of the date hereof it has no actual Knowledge of any inaccuracy of or failure to comply with any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.  The waiver of any condition based upon the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, reimbursement or other remedy based upon such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

8.2Indemnification and Reimbursement by Seller and Members.

Seller and each Member, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, and its Representatives, shareholders, subsidiaries and affiliated parties (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Persons”), and will reimburse the Buyer Indemnified Persons for any loss, liability, claim, damage, expense (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a Third-Party Claim (collectively, “Damages”), arising from or in connection with:

(a)any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller or either Member in (i) this Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedules), (ii) the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 2.7, (iii) any transfer instrument or (iv) any other certificate, document, writing or instrument delivered by Seller or either Member pursuant to this Agreement;

(b)any breach of any covenant or obligation of Seller or either Member in this Agreement or in any other certificate, document, writing or instrument delivered by Seller or either Member pursuant to this Agreement;

(c)any Liability arising out of the ownership or operation of the Purchased Assets prior to the Effective Time;

(d)any brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding made, or alleged to have been made, by any Person with Seller or either Member (or any Person acting on their behalf) in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions;

-26-

(e)any product or component thereof manufactured by or shipped, or any services provided by, Seller, in whole or in part, prior to the Closing Date;

(f)any noncompliance with any bulk sales laws or fraudulent transfer law in respect of the Contemplated Transactions;

(g)any liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local Legal Requirement that may result from an “Employment Loss”, as defined by 29 U.S.C. sect. 2101(a)(6), caused by any action of Seller prior to the Closing or by Buyer’s decision not to hire previous employees of Seller;

(h)any Employee Plan established or maintained by Seller; or

(i)any Retained Liabilities.

8.3Indemnification and Reimbursement by Buyer.

Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its Representatives, members, subsidiaries, and affiliated parties (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”), and will reimburse Seller, for any Damages arising from or in connection with:

(a)any breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement or in any certificate, document, writing or instrument delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

(b)any breach of any covenant or obligation of Buyer in this Agreement or in any other certificate, document, writing or instrument delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

(c)any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by such Person with Buyer (or any Person acting on Buyer’s behalf) in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions; or

(d)any Assumed Liabilities.

8.4Limitations on Amount—Seller and Members.

Seller and Members shall have no liability (for indemnification or otherwise) with respect to claims under Section 8.2(a) until the total of all Damages with respect to such matters exceeds One Hundred Thousand dollars ($100,000) and then only for the amount by which such Damages exceed such amount.  In addition, the aggregate liability (for indemnification or otherwise) of Seller and Members with respect to claims under Section 8.2(a) (except for claims due to a breach of Section 3.18 or Section 3.19) shall not exceed 15% of the Purchase Price.  The aggregate liability (for indemnification or otherwise) of Seller and Members with respect to claims under Section 8.2(a) due to a breach of Section 3.18 or 3.19 shall not exceed 25% of the Purchase Price.  However, this Section 8.4 will not apply to (i) claims under Section 8.2(b) through (i), (ii) to matters arising in respect of Sections 3.7, 3.9, 3.21 or 3.22, or (iii) to any knowing or intentional breach by Seller or either Member of Seller’s or Members’ representations and warranties or any intentional breach by Seller or either Member of any covenant or obligation.

-27-

8.5Limitations on Amount—Buyer.

Buyer will have no liability (for indemnification or otherwise) with respect to claims under Section 8.3(a) until the total of all Damages with respect to such matters exceeds One Hundred Thousand dollars ($100,000) and then only for the amount by which such Damages exceed One Hundred Thousand dollars ($100,000).  However, this Section 8.5 will not apply to claims under Section 8.3(b) through (d) or matters arising in respect of Section 4.4 or to any breach of any of Buyer’s representations and warranties of which Buyer had Knowledge at any time prior to the date on which such representation and warranty is made or any intentional breach by Buyer of any covenant or obligation, and Buyer will be liable for all Damages with respect to such breaches.

8.6Time Limitations.

(a)If the Closing occurs, Seller and Members will have liability (for indemnification or otherwise) with respect to any breach of (i) a covenant or obligation to be performed or complied with prior to the Closing Date (other than those in Sections 2.1 and 2.4(b) and Article VII, as to which a claim may be made at any time) or (ii) a representation or warranty (other than those in Sections 3.7, 3.9,  3.21 and 3.22, as to which a claim may be made at any time), only if on or before 18 months after the Closing Date, Buyer notifies Seller or Members of a claim specifying the factual basis of the claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by Buyer.

(b)If the Closing occurs, Buyer will have liability (for indemnification or otherwise) with respect to any breach of (i) a covenant or obligation to be performed or complied with prior to the Closing Date or (ii) a representation or warranty (other than that set forth in Section 4.4, as to which a claim may be made at any time), only if on or before 18 months after the Closing Date, Seller or Members notify Buyer of a claim specifying the factual basis of the claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by Seller or Members.

-28-

8.7Right of Setoff.

Upon notice to Seller specifying in reasonable detail the basis therefor, Buyer may set off any amount to which it may be entitled under this Article VIII against amounts otherwise payable under the Research and Development Agreement or the Consulting Agreements.  The failure to exercise such right of setoff will not constitute an election of remedies or limit Buyer in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it.

8.8Third-Party Claims.

(a)Promptly after receipt by a Person entitled to indemnity under Section 8.2 or 8.3 (an “Indemnified Person”) of notice of the assertion of a Third-Party Claim against it, such Indemnified Person shall give notice to the Person obligated to indemnify under such Section (an “Indemnifying Person”) of the assertion of such Third-Party Claim, provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person will not relieve the Indemnifying Person of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified Person, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Person demonstrates that the defense of such Third-Party Claim is prejudiced by the Indemnified Person’s failure to give such notice.

(b)If an Indemnified Person gives notice to the Indemnifying Person pursuant to Section 8.8(a) of the assertion of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Person shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such Third-Party Claim and, to the extent that it wishes (unless (i) the Indemnifying Person is also a Person against whom the Third-Party Claim is made and the Indemnified Person determines in good faith that joint representation would be inappropriate or (ii) the Indemnifying Person fails to provide reasonable assurance to the Indemnified Person of its financial capacity to defend such Third-Party Claim and provide indemnification with respect to such Third-Party Claim), to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person.  After notice from the Indemnifying Person to the Indemnified Person of its election to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Person shall not, so long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to the Indemnified Person under this Article VIII for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such Third-Party Claim, in each case subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Person in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  If the Indemnifying Person assumes the defense of a Third-Party Claim, (i) such assumption will conclusively establish for purposes of this Agreement that the claims made in that Third-Party Claim are within the scope of and subject to indemnification, and (ii) no compromise or settlement of such Third-Party Claims may be effected by the Indemnifying Person without the Indemnified Person’s Consent unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of Legal Requirement or any violation of the rights of any Person; (B) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Person; and (C) the Indemnified Person shall have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of such Third-Party Claims effected without its Consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).  If notice is given to an Indemnifying Person of the assertion of any Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Person does not, within 10 days after the Indemnified Person’s notice is given, give notice to the Indemnified Person of its election to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Person will be bound by any determination made in such Third-Party Claim or any compromise or settlement effected by the Indemnified Person.

-29-

(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Indemnified Person determines in good faith that there is a reasonable probability that a Third-Party Claim may adversely affect it or its related persons other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Person may, by notice to the Indemnifying Person, assume the exclusive right to defend, compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim, but the Indemnifying Person will not be bound by any determination of any Third-Party Claim so defended for the purposes of this Agreement or any compromise or settlement effected without its Consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

(d)Seller and each Member hereby consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court in which a Proceeding in respect of a Third-Party Claim is brought against any Buyer Indemnified Person for purposes of any claim that a Buyer Indemnified Person may have under this Agreement with respect to such Proceeding or the matters alleged therein, and agree that process may be served on Seller and Members with respect to such a claim anywhere in the world.

(e)Buyer hereby consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court in which a Proceeding in respect of a Third-Party Claim is brought against any Seller Indemnified Person for purposes of any claim that a Seller Indemnified Person may have under this Agreement with respect to such Proceeding or the matters alleged therein, and agree that process may be served on Buyer with respect to such a claim anywhere in the world.

(f)With respect to any Third-Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Article VIII:  (i) both the Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Person, as the case may be, shall keep the other Person fully informed of the status of such Third-Party Claim and any related Proceedings at all stages thereof where such Person is not represented by its own counsel, and (ii) the parties agree (each at its own expense) to render to each other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other and to cooperate in good faith with each other in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of any Third-Party Claim.

(g)With respect to any Third-Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Article VIII, the parties agree to cooperate in such a manner as to preserve in full (to the extent possible) the confidentiality of all confidential information and the attorney-client and work-product privileges.  In connection therewith, each party agrees that:  (i) it will use its reasonable best efforts, in respect of any Third-Party Claim in which it has assumed or participated in the defense, to avoid production of confidential information (consistent with applicable law and rules of procedure), and (ii) all communications between any party hereto and counsel responsible for or participating in the defense of any Third-Party Claim shall, to the extent possible, be made so as to preserve any applicable attorney-client or work-product privilege.

-30-

8.9Other Claims.

A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third-Party Claim may be asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought and shall be paid promptly after such notice.

8.10Exclusive Remedy; No Incidental or Consequential Damages.

(a)Exclusive Remedy.  Subject to Section 9.4, the remedies provided in this Article VIII are the sole remedies, and are exclusive of any other remedy, whether at law or in equity, for any claims arising out of or related to this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereby.

(b)No Incidental or Consequential Damages.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or provided under applicable law, no party shall be liable to any other party or any Person, either in contract or in tort, for any consequential, incidental or  special damages, including but not limited to loss of future revenue, income or profits, or any diminution of value or multiple of earnings damages relating to or arising out of this Agreement.

IX.           General Provisions

9.1Expenses.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement will bear its respective fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, including all fees and expense of its Representatives.

9.2Public Announcements.

Any public announcement, press release or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions will be issued, if at all, at such time and in such manner as Buyer determines, and Seller will not release any public announcement, press release or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions without the consent of Buyer.

9.3Notices.

All notices, Consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

-31-

Seller:

LifeGen Technologies, LLC

510 Charmany Dr., Suite 262

Madison, WI 53719

Attention:  Tomas Prolla

Fax no.:  608 441-8391

with a mandatory copy to:

Charles E. Neider

Neider & Boucher, S.C.

401 Charmany Dr., Suite 310

Madison, WI 53719

Fax no.:  608-661-4510

E-mail address:  cneider@neiderboucher.com

Members:

Richard Weindruch

Tomas Prolla

with a mandatory copy to:

Charles E. Neider

Neider & Boucher, S.C.

401 Charmany Dr., Suite 310

Madison, WI 53719

Fax no.:  608-661-4510

E-mail address:  cneider@neiderboucher.com

-32-

Buyer:

NSE Products, Inc.

75 West Center Street

Provo, UT 84601

Attention:  Tyler Whitehead

Fax no.:  (801) 345-3899

E-mail address:  tyler.whitehead@nuskin.com

with a mandatory copy to:

Dorsey & Whitney LLP

136 South Main Street, Suite 1000

Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

Attention:  Stuart Hemphill and David Marx

Fax nos.:  (612) 340-2868 and (801) 933-7373

E-mail addresses:  Hemphill.Stuart@dorsey.com and Marx.David@dosrey.com

9.4Enforcement of Agreement.

Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms and that any breach of this Agreement could not be adequately compensated in all cases by monetary damages alone.  Accordingly, in addition to any other right or remedy to which a party may be entitled, at law or in equity, it shall be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement, without posting any bond or other undertaking.

9.5Waiver.

Neither any failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other party; (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no notice to or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of that party or of the right of the party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement.

-33-

9.6Entire Agreement and Modification.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter (including any letter of intent) and constitutes (along with the Disclosure Schedules, Exhibits and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter.  This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified except by a written agreement executed by the party to be charged with the amendment.

9.7Disclosure Schedules.

(a)The information in the Disclosure Schedules constitutes (i) exceptions to particular representations, warranties, covenants and obligations of Seller and Members as set forth in this Agreement or (ii) descriptions or lists of assets and liabilities and other items referred to in this Agreement.  If there is any inconsistency between the statements in this Agreement and those in the Disclosure Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedules with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in this Agreement will control.

(b)The statements in the Disclosure Schedules relate not only to the provisions in the Section of this Agreement to which they expressly relate but to any other provision in this Agreement to which the relate by reasonable interpretation.

9.8Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights.

No party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that Buyer may assign any of its rights and delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of Buyer.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties.  Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement, except such rights as shall inure to a successor or permitted assignee pursuant to this Section 9.8.

9.9Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.  Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

9.10Construction.

The headings of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation.

-34-

9.11Time of Essence.

With regard to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.

9.12Governing Law.

This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Utah without regard to conflicts-of-laws principles that would require the application of any other law.

9.13Execution of Agreement.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or e-mail shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

9.14Member Obligations.

The liability of each Member hereunder shall be joint and several with Seller and with the other Member.  Where in this Agreement provision is made for any action to be taken or not taken by Seller, Members jointly and severally undertake to cause Seller to take or not take such action, as the case may be.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Members shall be jointly and severally liable with Seller for the indemnities set forth in Article VIII.

[Signature Page Follows]

-35-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

NSE PRODUCTS, INC. By:       /s/ Ritch N. Wood                                                          Name:  Ritch N. Wood Title:    Vice President	LIFEGEN TECHNOLOGIES, LLC By:       /s/ Tomas A. Prolla                                                          Name:  Tomas A. Prolla Title:    President
	/s/ Richard Weindruch Richard Weindruch
	/s/ Tomas A. Prolla Tomas A. Prolla

-36-

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Big Planet, Inc., a Delaware corporation

First Harvest International, LLC, a Utah limited liability company

Jixi Nu Skin Vitameal Co., Ltd., a Chinese corporation

NSE Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin (China) Daily-Use and Health Products Co., Ltd., a Chinese company

Nu Skin (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian corporation

Nu Skin Argentina, Inc., a Utah corporation with an Argentine branch

Nu Skin Asia Investment, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Belgium, NV, a Belgium corporation

Nu Skin Brazil, Ltda., a Brazilian corporation

Nu Skin Canada, Inc., a Utah corporation

Nu Skin Chile Enterprises Ltda., a Chilean corporation

Nu Skin Colombia, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Costa Rica, a Costa Rican corporation

Nu Skin Czech Republic, s.r.o., a Czech corporation

Nu Skin Eastern Europe Ltd. A Hungary corporation

Nu Skin El Salvadore S.A. de C.V., an El Salvadore corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises (Thailand), Ltd., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises (Thailand), Ltd., a Thailand corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Australia, Inc., a Utah corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Hong Kong, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises India Private Ltd., an Indian corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises New Zealand, Inc., a Utah corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Philippines, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a Philippines branch

Nu Skin Enterprises RS, Ltd., a Russian limited liability company

Nu Skin Enterprises, SRL, a Romanian corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, a South African corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Ukraine, LLC, a Ukrainian limited liability company

Nu Skin Enterprises United States, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Enterprises Vietnam, LLC, a Vietnamese limited liability company

Nu Skin France, SARL, a French limited liability company

Nu Skin Germany, GmbH, a German limited liability company

Nu Skin Guatemala, S.A., a Guatemalan corporation

Nu Skin Honduras, S.A., a Honduras corporation

Nu Skin International Management Group, Inc., a Utah corporation

Nu Skin International, Inc., a Utah Corporation

Nu Skin Islandi ehf, an Iceland private limited liability company

Nu Skin Israel, Inc, a Delaware corporation

Nu Skin Italy, Srl, an Italian corporation

Nu Skin Japan Company Limited, a Japanese corporation

Nu Skin Japan, Ltd., a Japanese corporation

Nu Skin Korea, Ltd., a Korean corporation

Nu Skin Malaysia Holdings Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian corporation

Nu Skin Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation

Nu Skin Netherlands, B.V., a Netherlands corporation

Nu Skin New Caledonia EURL, a French corporation

Nu Skin Norway AS, a Norwegian corporation

Nu Skin Scandinavia A.S., a Denmark corporation

Nu Skin Taiwan, Inc., a Taipei Branch

Nu Skin Taiwan, Inc., a Utah corporation

Nu Skin Turkey Cilt Bakimi Ve Besleyici Urunleri Ticaret Limited Sirketi, a Turkish limited liability company

Nu Skin U.K., Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation

Nu Skin Venezuela, a Venezuela corporation

NuSkin Pharmanex (B) Sdn Bhd, a Brunei corporation

Nutriscan, Inc., a Utah corporation

Pharmanex (Huzhou) Health Products Co., Ltd., a Chinese corporation

Pharmanex Electronic-Optical Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a Chinese corporation

Pharmanex License Acquisition Corporation, a Utah Corporation

Pharmanex, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

PT. Nu Skin Distribution Indonesia, an Indonesian corporation

PT. Nusa Selaras Indonesia, an Indonesian corporation

The Nu Skin Force for Good Foundation, Business Trust

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-48611, 333-68407, 333-95033, 333-102327, 333-124764, 333-130304, 333-136464 and 333-167690) and Form S-3 (No. 333-167239) of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2012 relating to the financial statementsand the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

February 27, 2012

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

SECTION 302 – CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, M. Truman Hunt, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:           February 27, 2012                                                             /s/ M. Truman Hunt

M. Truman Hunt

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

SECTION 302 – CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Ritch N. Wood, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:           February 27, 2012                                                             /s/ Ritch N. Wood              

Ritch N. Wood

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, M. Truman Hunt, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:           February 27, 2012

/s/M. Truman Hunt

M. Truman Hunt

Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:           February 27, 2012

/s/ Ritch N. Wood

Ritch N. Wood

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

Components of Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Accrued commissions and other payments to distributors	$	66,335	$	68,925
Other taxes payable		15,948		12,628
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes		13,063		18,039
Accrued payable to vendors		9,744		12,752
Deferred revenue		2,730		22,007
Other accrued employee expenses		19,704		18,588
Other		18,584		27,443
	$	146,108	$	180,382

XML

Other Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Components of other assets [Abstract]
Deferred taxes	$ 29,661	$ 45,027
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases	15,559	14,261
Deposit for customs assessment (Note 20)	50,719	65,255
Other	19,646	20,717
Total other assets	$ 115,585	$ 145,260

XML

The Company (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
The Company [Abstract]
Number of geographic regions	5	5	5

XML

Dividends Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Dividends per Share [Abstract]
Cash dividend declared (in dollars per share)	$ 0.16	$ 0.135	$ 0.20	$ 0.125
Payment of cash dividends			$ 36,638	$ 31,189	$ 29,006
Date dividend to be paid		Mar. 14, 2012
Date of record of stockholders to whom dividends will be paid		Feb. 24, 2012

XML

Accrued Expenses (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Accrued Expenses [Abstract]
Accrued commissions and other payments to distributors	$ 68,925	$ 66,335
Other taxes payable	12,628	15,948
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes	18,039	13,063
Accrued payable to vendors	12,752	9,744
Deferred revenue	22,007	2,730
Other accrued employee expenses	18,588	19,704
Other	27,443	18,584
Total accrued expenses	$ 180,382	$ 146,108

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Revenue generated by region

Revenue generated in each of these regions is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
North Asia	$	606,113	$	686,073	$	751,165
Greater China		210,379		268,171		341,919
Americas		260,865		250,008		251,984
South Asia/Pacific		120,123		182,796		236,212
Europe		133,578		150,211		162,711
Total	$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region

Revenue generated by each of the Company's product lines is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Nu Skin	$	752,681	$	913,819	$	964,130
Pharmanex		565,592		612,209		770,192
Other		12,785		11,231		9,669
Total	$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

Revenue Generated by Each of the Company's Major Product Lines

Additional information as to the Company's operations in the most significant geographical areas is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Japan	$	461,914	$	471,425	$	472,519
South Korea		144,199		214,648		278,646
United States		218,557		212,070		211,788
Mainland China		71,086		91,352		152,538
Europe		111,862		124,497		140,497
Taiwan		91,727		107,133		108,857
Hong Kong		47,566		69,686		80,524

	December 31,
Long-lived assets:	2010		2011
Japan	$	12,473	$	14,113
South Korea		9,396		11,451
United States		84,829		98,205
Europe		2,697		1,966
Mainland China		11,646		15,135
Taiwan		2,200		1,556
Hong Kong		1,561		1,030

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Consolidation

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

Use of estimates

The preparation of these financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, required management to make estimates and assumptions that affected the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of merchandise purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method.  The Company had reserves for obsolete inventory totaling

$10.5 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Inventories consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Raw materials	$	31,497	$	24,668
Finished goods		82,978		87,443
	$	114,475	$	112,111

Property and equipment

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	39 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 7 years
Computers and equipment	3 ­- 5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Scanners	3 years
Vehicles	3 - 5 years

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  When an asset is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and associated accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income.  Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Acquired intangible assets may represent indefinite-lived assets, determinable-lived intangibles, or goodwill. Of these, only the costs of determinable-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. The value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and residual goodwill is not amortized, but is tested at least annually for impairment. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles. We test goodwill for impairment, at least annually, by reviewing the book value compared to the fair value at the reportable unit level. We test individual indefinite-lived intangibles at least annually by reviewing the individual book values compared to the fair value.  Considerable management judgment is necessary to measure fair value. We did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets during the periods presented.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped, which is when title and risk of loss pass to independent distributors and preferred customers who are the Company's customers.  A reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience totaling $3.3 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recorded sales returns of $44.8 million, $55.4 million and $56.5 million, respectively. The Company generally requires cash or credit card payment at the point of sale.  Accounts receivable generally represents amounts due from credit card companies and are generally collected within a few days of the purchase.  As such, the Company has determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary.  Amounts received prior to shipment and title passage to distributors are recorded as deferred revenue.  The global compensation plan for the Company's distributors generally does not provide rebates or selling discounts to distributors who purchase its products and services.  The Company classifies selling discounts and rebates, if any, as a reduction of revenue at the time the sale is recorded.

Advertising expenses

Advertising expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising expense incurred for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 totaled approximately $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses

Selling expenses are the Company's most significant expense and are classified as operating expenses.  Selling expenses include distributor commissions as well as wages, benefits, bonuses and other labor and unemployment expenses the Company pays to sales employees in China.  The Company pays monthly commissions to several levels of distributors on each product sale based upon a distributor's personal and group product volumes, as well as the group product volumes of up to six levels of executive distributors in such distributor's downline sales organization.  The Company does not pay commissions on sales materials.

The Company's distributors may make retail profits by purchasing the products from the Company at wholesale and selling them to customers with a retail mark-up.  The Company does not account for nor pay additional commissions on these retail mark-ups received by distributors.  In many markets, the Company also allows individuals who are not distributors, referred to as “preferred customers,” to buy products directly from the Company at wholesale or discounted prices.  The Company pays commissions on preferred customer purchases to the referring distributors.

As part of the Company's compensation plan improvements, the Company increased its focus on distributor recognition.  Accordingly, during 2010, the costs of certain incentive trips and other rewards earned by distributors, previously recorded as general and administrative expenses, have been reclassified as selling expenses. In order to provide a meaningful comparison, the Company has made this reclassification for both the current and prior-year periods

Research and development

Research and development

The Company's research and development activities are conducted primarily through its Pharmanex division.  Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and are expensed as incurred and totaled $10.4 million, $12.4 million and $13.6 million  in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification.  These standards establish financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an enterprise's activities during the current and preceding years.  The Company takes an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.  The Company pays income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized in those jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany transactions between the Company and its foreign affiliates.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are created in this process.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company has net deferred tax assets of $51.4 million.   The Company has netted these deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  During the third quarter, the Company entered into a closing agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) for all adjustments for the 2005 through 2008 tax years.  With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S., federal, state and local income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2005.  In 2009, the Company entered into a voluntary program with the IRS called Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”). The objective of CAP is to contemporaneously work with the IRS to achieve federal tax compliance and resolve all or most of the issues prior to filing of the tax return.  The Company has elected to participate in the CAP program for 2012 and may elect to continue participating in CAP for future tax years; the Company may withdraw from the program at any time.  In major foreign jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years before 2005.  Along with the IRS examination, the Company is currently under examination in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the outcomes of those reviews are not yet determinable.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits included in other liabilities is as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Gross Balance at January 1, 2009	$	30,915
Increases related to prior year tax positions		2
Increases related to current year tax positions		3,618
Settlements		(946	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(4,858	)
Currency adjustments		(456	)
Gross Balance at December 31, 2009	$	28,275
Gross Balance at January 1, 2010	$	28,275
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(1,206	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		2,236
Settlements	─
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(15,395	)
Currency adjustments		911
Gross Balance at December 31, 2010	$	14,821
Gross Balance at January 1, 2011	$	14,821
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(7,138	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		1,415
Settlements		(499	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(1,255	)
Currency adjustments		43
Gross Balance at December 31, 2011	$	7,387

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $7.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $3.1 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  In comparison, at December 31, 2010, the Company had $14.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $2.4 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  The Company's unrecognized tax benefits relate to multiple foreign and domestic jurisdictions.  Due to potential increases in unrecognized tax benefits from the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company operates, as well as the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of foreign currency adjustments, may change within the next 12 months by a range of approximately $0 to $2 million.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recognized approximately $0.1 million, ($1.7) million and ($0.8) million, respectively in interest and penalties expenses/(benefits).  The Company had approximately $3.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Net income per share

Net income per share

Net income per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented.  Additionally, diluted earnings per share data gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the periods presented (Note 11).

Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency translation

A significant portion of the Company's business operations occurs outside the United States.  The local currency of each of the Company's Subsidiaries is considered its functional currency.  All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates, revenue and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates and stockholders' equity is recorded at historical exchange rates.  The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity in the consolidated balance sheets and transaction gains and losses are included in other income and expense in the consolidated financial statements. Net of tax the accumulated other comprehensive income related to the foreign currency translation adjustments are $68.2 million, $58.5 million and $61.5 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The Company's current investments as of December 31, 2011 include certificates of deposits and pre-refunded municipal bonds that are classified by management as held-to-maturity as the Company had the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.  The carrying value of these current investments approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the long-term debt fair value is $169.4 million and $145.0 million, respectively. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information.

The FASB Codification defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. On a quarterly basis, the Company measures at fair value certain financial assets, including cash equivalents.  Accounting standards specify a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.  Observable inputs reflect data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's market assumptions.  These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

▪     Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

▪     Level 2 – inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;

▪     Level 3 – unobservable inputs based on the Company's own assumptions.   

Accounting standards permit companies, at their option, to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  The Company has elected to not fair value existing eligible items.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

All share-based payments, including grants of stock options and restricted stock units, are required to be recognized in our financial statements based upon their respective grant date fair values. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock options is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We use historical volatility as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. The expected life of the stock options is based on historical data trended into the future. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of our stock options.  The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant less our expected dividend yield. We recognize stock-based compensation net of any estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

      The total compensation expense related to equity compensation plans was approximately $10.0 million, $10.8 million and $15.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, all stock-based compensation expense was recorded within general and administrative expenses.

Reporting comprehensive income

Reporting comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and it includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.

Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities

Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities

The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value.

The Company's Subsidiaries enter into significant transactions with each other and third parties that may not be denominated in the respective Subsidiaries' functional currencies.  The Company regularly monitors its foreign currency risks and seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates using foreign currency exchange contracts and through certain intercompany loans of foreign currency.

The Company hedges its exposure to future cash flows from forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 24 months.  Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the life of the hedge to ensure the hedge qualifies for hedge accounting treatment.  Changes in fair value associated with hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recorded in the results of operations currently.  In the event that an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative in its results of operations currently.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive loss, depending on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation.  The gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss stemming from these derivatives will be reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.  The fair value of the receivable and payable amounts related to these unrealized gains and losses is classified as other current assets and liabilities.  The Company does not use such derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  Gains and losses on certain intercompany loans of foreign currency are recorded as other income and expense in the consolidated statements of income.

XML

Lease Obligations (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Lease Obligation [Abstract]
2012	$ 16,006,000
2013	14,548,000
2014	11,912,000
2015	10,339,000
2016	9,540,000
Thereafter	902,000
Total	63,247,000
Rental expense for operating leases	$ 25,800,000	$ 28,800,000	$ 33,800,000
Included renewal options for leases (in years)	3

XML

Quarterly Results (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Quarterly Results [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 495,300	$ 428,400	$ 424,400	$ 395,800	$ 401,200	$ 383,600	$ 388,400	$ 364,100	$ 1,743,991,000	$ 1,537,259,000	$ 1,331,058,000
Gross profit	415,100	357,800	353,300	295,200	330,300	314,800	320,400	299,300	1,421,367,000	1,264,828,000	1,087,410,000
Operating income	75,600	67,200	66,000	24,900	58,900	52,900	59,200	46,100	233,742,000	217,062,000	147,713,000
Net income	$ 49,500	$ 46,800	$ 41,700	$ 15,300	$ 37,300	$ 35,300	$ 32,400	$ 31,000	$ 153,330,000	$ 136,051,000	$ 89,845,000
Net income per share:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.80	$ 0.75	$ 0.67	$ 0.25	$ 0.60	$ 0.57	$ 0.51	$ 0.50	$ 2.47	$ 2.18	$ 1.42
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.76	$ 0.72	$ 0.65	$ 0.24	$ 0.58	$ 0.55	$ 0.50	$ 0.48	$ 2.38	$ 2.11	$ 1.40

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Supplemental Cash Flow Elements [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

18.           Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash paid for interest totaled $7.0 million, $6.2 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes totaled $36.8 million, $61.2 million and $75.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. There was a non-cash item for the year ended December 31, 2010, as described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements pertaining to the related party purchase of corporate office and warehouse space.

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Number of affiliated entities the entity conducts business		2
Total lease payments paid to affiliated entities	$ 0	$ 3,600,000	$ 3,900,000
Corporate office and warehouse space purchased from affiliated entities		33,000,000
Cash paid for corporate office and warehouse space		16,000,000
Related party payable for balance of corporate office and warehouse space	$ 0	$ 16,995,000

XML

Capital Stock (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital Stock [Abstract]

Weighted average common shares outstanding for computing EPS

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted-average common shares outstanding for purposes of computing basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		63,333		62,370		62,066
Effect of dilutive securities:      Stock awards and options		963		2,177		2,480
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding		64,296		64,547		64,546

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Schedule of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Carrying Amount at December 31,
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets:	2010		2011
Goodwill	$	112,446	$	112,446
Trademarks and trade names		24,599		24,599

Schedule of finite life intangible assets

	December 31, 2010				December 31, 2011
Finite life intangible assets:	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Weighted-average  Amortization Period
Scanner technology	$	46,482	$	18,423	$	46,482	$	21,457	18 years
Developed technology		22,500		13,436		22,500		14,261	20 years
Distributor network		11,598		8,587		11,598		9,089	15 years
Trademarks		13,323		9,524		13,401		10,214	15 years
Other		32,989		23,251		46,652		26,878	8 years
	$	126,892	$	73,221	$	140,633	$	81,899	15 years

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 286,864,000	$ 265,179,000
Less: accumulated depreciation	(137,359,000)	(131,457,000)
Property and equipment, net	149,505,000	133,722,000
Depreciation expense	25,700,000	22,700,000	21,800
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	19,561,000	16,480,000
Buildings [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	41,495,000	34,293,000
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	14,286,000	8,070,000
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	48,071,000	46,799,000
Computers and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	92,336,000	87,653,000
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	60,120,000	55,526,000
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	2,153,000	2,222,000
Scanners [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 8,842,000	$ 14,136,000

XML

Restructuring Charges (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2009
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring charges	$ 10.7
Percentage reduction in headcount (in hundredths)	30.00%
Severance payments	7.4
Facility relocation or closing costs	$ 3.3

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated income before provision for income taxes [Abstract]
U.S.	$ 142,929,000	$ 141,069,000	$ 71,338,000
Foreign	83,840,000	66,544,000	69,786,000
Income before provision for income taxes	226,769,000	207,613,000	141,124,000
Current [Abstract]
Federal	14,723,000	45,761,000	9,409,000
State	2,245,000	3,825,000	1,690,000
Foreign	56,973,000	27,450,000	27,784,000
Current income tax expense (benefit)	73,941,000	77,036,000	38,883,000
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	17,756,000	(2,558,000)	14,266,000
State	582,000	212,000	937,000
Foreign	(18,840,000)	(3,128,000)	(2,807,000)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	(502,000)	(5,474,000)	12,396,000
Provision for income taxes	73,439,000	71,562,000	51,279,000
Deferred tax assets [Abstract]
Inventory differences	3,796,000	5,572,000
Foreign tax credit and other foreign benefits	25,149,000	25,408,000
Stock-based compensation	9,674,000	9,632,000
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid	37,992,000	28,325,000
Foreign currency exchange	16,927,000	17,727,000
Net operating losses	11,656,000	12,481,000
Capitalized research and development	14,746,000	18,295,000
Asian marketing rights	0	483,000
Other	568,000	7,023,000
Gross deferred tax assets	120,508,000	124,946,000
Deferred tax liabilities [Abstract]
Exchange gains and losses	3,300,000	4,763,000
Pharmanex intangibles step-up	12,179,000	12,923,000
Amortization of intangibles	14,457,000	10,193,000
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation	16,081,000	10,683,000
Prepaid expenses	0	11,239,000
Other	11,431,000	3,921,000
Gross deferred tax liabilities	57,448,000	53,722,000
Valuation allowance	(11,611,000)	(11,351,000)
Deferred taxes, net	51,449,000	59,873,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Tax benefit associated with effective settlement of IRS audit	7,700,000
Deferred tax assets, net, classification [Abstract]
Net current deferred tax assets	32,867,000	26,094,000
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets	29,661,000	45,027,000
Total net deferred tax assets	62,528,000	71,121,000
Deferred tax liabilities, classification [Abstract]
Net current deferred tax liabilities	7,000	8,000
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	11,072,000	11,240,000
Total net deferred tax liabilities	11,079,000	11,248,000
Effective income tax rate, continuing operations, tax rate reconciliation [Abstract]
Income taxes at statutory rate (in hundredths)	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Non-deductible expenses (in hundredths)	0.16%	0.10%	0.24%
Extraterritorial income tax credit (in hundredths)	(3.39%)	0.00%	0.00%
Other (in hundredths)	(0.62%)	(0.63%)	1.10%
Effective income tax rate, continuing operations (in hundredths)	32.39%	34.47%	36.34%
Foreign Country [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	51,300,000
Operating loss carryforwards scheduled to expire	16,100,000
Operating loss carrying that will not expire	35,200,000
Operating loss carryforwards, valuation allowance	$ 44,600,000

XML

Quarterly Results (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Results [Abstract]

Quarterly data

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S. dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

	2010								2011
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	364.1	$	388.4	$	383.6	$	401.2	$	395.8	$	424.4	$	428.4	$	495.3
Gross profit		299.3		320.4		314.8		330.3		295.2		353.3		357.8		415.1
Operating income		46.1		59.2		52.9		58.9		24.9		66.0		67.2		75.6
Net income		31.0		32.4		35.3		37.3		15.3		41.7		46.8		49.5
Net income per share:
Basic		0.50		0.51		0.57		0.60		0.25		0.67		0.75		0.80
Diluted		0.48		0.50		0.55		0.58		0.24		0.65		0.72		0.76

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2.           Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of these financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, required management to make estimates and assumptions that affected the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of merchandise purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method.  The Company had reserves for obsolete inventory totaling

$10.5 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Inventories consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Raw materials	$	31,497	$	24,668
Finished goods		82,978		87,443
	$	114,475	$	112,111

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	39 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 7 years
Computers and equipment	3 ­- 5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Scanners	3 years
Vehicles	3 - 5 years

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  When an asset is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and associated accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income.  Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Acquired intangible assets may represent indefinite-lived assets, determinable-lived intangibles, or goodwill. Of these, only the costs of determinable-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. The value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and residual goodwill is not amortized, but is tested at least annually for impairment. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles. We test goodwill for impairment, at least annually, by reviewing the book value compared to the fair value at the reportable unit level. We test individual indefinite-lived intangibles at least annually by reviewing the individual book values compared to the fair value.  Considerable management judgment is necessary to measure fair value. We did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets during the periods presented.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped, which is when title and risk of loss pass to independent distributors and preferred customers who are the Company's customers.  A reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience totaling $3.3 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recorded sales returns of $44.8 million, $55.4 million and $56.5 million, respectively. The Company generally requires cash or credit card payment at the point of sale.  Accounts receivable generally represents amounts due from credit card companies and are generally collected within a few days of the purchase.  As such, the Company has determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary.  Amounts received prior to shipment and title passage to distributors are recorded as deferred revenue.  The global compensation plan for the Company's distributors generally does not provide rebates or selling discounts to distributors who purchase its products and services.  The Company classifies selling discounts and rebates, if any, as a reduction of revenue at the time the sale is recorded.

Advertising expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising expense incurred for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 totaled approximately $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses are the Company's most significant expense and are classified as operating expenses.  Selling expenses include distributor commissions as well as wages, benefits, bonuses and other labor and unemployment expenses the Company pays to sales employees in China.  The Company pays monthly commissions to several levels of distributors on each product sale based upon a distributor's personal and group product volumes, as well as the group product volumes of up to six levels of executive distributors in such distributor's downline sales organization.  The Company does not pay commissions on sales materials.

The Company's distributors may make retail profits by purchasing the products from the Company at wholesale and selling them to customers with a retail mark-up.  The Company does not account for nor pay additional commissions on these retail mark-ups received by distributors.  In many markets, the Company also allows individuals who are not distributors, referred to as “preferred customers,” to buy products directly from the Company at wholesale or discounted prices.  The Company pays commissions on preferred customer purchases to the referring distributors.

As part of the Company's compensation plan improvements, the Company increased its focus on distributor recognition.  Accordingly, during 2010, the costs of certain incentive trips and other rewards earned by distributors, previously recorded as general and administrative expenses, have been reclassified as selling expenses. In order to provide a meaningful comparison, the Company has made this reclassification for both the current and prior-year periods

Research and development

The Company's research and development activities are conducted primarily through its Pharmanex division.  Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and are expensed as incurred and totaled $10.4 million, $12.4 million and $13.6 million  in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification.  These standards establish financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an enterprise's activities during the current and preceding years.  The Company takes an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.  The Company pays income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized in those jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany transactions between the Company and its foreign affiliates.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are created in this process.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company has net deferred tax assets of $51.4 million.   The Company has netted these deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  During the third quarter, the Company entered into a closing agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) for all adjustments for the 2005 through 2008 tax years.  With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S., federal, state and local income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2005.  In 2009, the Company entered into a voluntary program with the IRS called Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”). The objective of CAP is to contemporaneously work with the IRS to achieve federal tax compliance and resolve all or most of the issues prior to filing of the tax return.  The Company has elected to participate in the CAP program for 2012 and may elect to continue participating in CAP for future tax years; the Company may withdraw from the program at any time.  In major foreign jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years before 2005.  Along with the IRS examination, the Company is currently under examination in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the outcomes of those reviews are not yet determinable.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits included in other liabilities is as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Gross Balance at January 1, 2009	$	30,915
Increases related to prior year tax positions		2
Increases related to current year tax positions		3,618
Settlements		(946	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(4,858	)
Currency adjustments		(456	)
Gross Balance at December 31, 2009	$	28,275
Gross Balance at January 1, 2010	$	28,275
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(1,206	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		2,236
Settlements	─
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(15,395	)
Currency adjustments		911
Gross Balance at December 31, 2010	$	14,821
Gross Balance at January 1, 2011	$	14,821
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(7,138	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		1,415
Settlements		(499	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(1,255	)
Currency adjustments		43
Gross Balance at December 31, 2011	$	7,387

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $7.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $3.1 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  In comparison, at December 31, 2010, the Company had $14.8 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $2.4 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  The Company's unrecognized tax benefits relate to multiple foreign and domestic jurisdictions.  Due to potential increases in unrecognized tax benefits from the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company operates, as well as the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of foreign currency adjustments, may change within the next 12 months by a range of approximately $0 to $2 million.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company recognized approximately $0.1 million, ($1.7) million and ($0.8) million, respectively in interest and penalties expenses/(benefits).  The Company had approximately $3.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Net income per share

Net income per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented.  Additionally, diluted earnings per share data gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the periods presented (Note 11).

Foreign currency translation

A significant portion of the Company's business operations occurs outside the United States.  The local currency of each of the Company's Subsidiaries is considered its functional currency.  All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates, revenue and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates and stockholders' equity is recorded at historical exchange rates.  The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity in the consolidated balance sheets and transaction gains and losses are included in other income and expense in the consolidated financial statements. Net of tax the accumulated other comprehensive income related to the foreign currency translation adjustments are $68.2 million, $58.5 million and $61.5 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The Company's current investments as of December 31, 2011 include certificates of deposits and pre-refunded municipal bonds that are classified by management as held-to-maturity as the Company had the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.  The carrying value of these current investments approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the long-term debt fair value is $169.4 million and $145.0 million, respectively. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information.

The FASB Codification defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. On a quarterly basis, the Company measures at fair value certain financial assets, including cash equivalents.  Accounting standards specify a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.  Observable inputs reflect data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's market assumptions.  These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

▪     Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

▪     Level 2 – inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;

▪     Level 3 – unobservable inputs based on the Company's own assumptions.   

Accounting standards permit companies, at their option, to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  The Company has elected to not fair value existing eligible items.

Stock-based compensation

All share-based payments, including grants of stock options and restricted stock units, are required to be recognized in our financial statements based upon their respective grant date fair values. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock options is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We use historical volatility as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. The expected life of the stock options is based on historical data trended into the future. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of our stock options.  The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant less our expected dividend yield. We recognize stock-based compensation net of any estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

      The total compensation expense related to equity compensation plans was approximately $10.0 million, $10.8 million and $15.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, all stock-based compensation expense was recorded within general and administrative expenses.

Reporting comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and it includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.

Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities

The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value.

The Company's Subsidiaries enter into significant transactions with each other and third parties that may not be denominated in the respective Subsidiaries' functional currencies.  The Company regularly monitors its foreign currency risks and seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates using foreign currency exchange contracts and through certain intercompany loans of foreign currency.

The Company hedges its exposure to future cash flows from forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 24 months.  Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the life of the hedge to ensure the hedge qualifies for hedge accounting treatment.  Changes in fair value associated with hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recorded in the results of operations currently.  In the event that an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative in its results of operations currently.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive loss, depending on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation.  The gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss stemming from these derivatives will be reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.  The fair value of the receivable and payable amounts related to these unrealized gains and losses is classified as other current assets and liabilities.  The Company does not use such derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  Gains and losses on certain intercompany loans of foreign currency are recorded as other income and expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and will be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2011-04, but believes there will be no significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 as amended by ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present items of net income and other comprehensive income either in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This guidance will be effective as of January 1, 2012 for the Company and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements, other than presentation.

In September 2011, the FASB ratified ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of its reporting units. If, based on the qualitative assessment, an entity concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, quantitative testing for impairment is not necessary. The new accounting standard is applicable for goodwill impairment testing performed in years beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect this pronouncement to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Employee Benefit Plan [Abstract]
Maximum compensation deferred subject to limitations (in hundredths)	100.00%
Deferred compensation arrangement with individual, description	Employees age 18 and older are eligible to contribute to the plan starting the first day of employment.
Requisite service period	After completing at least one day of service, employees are eligible to receive the Company's matching funds.
Employer matched employees' base pay (in hundredths)	4.00%	4.00%	3.50%
Company's contribution evenly vest (in years)	4Y
Company's contributions cliff vest (in years)	2Y
Compensation expense	$ 2.3	$ 2.1	$ 1.7
Additional deferred compensation arrangement, percentage of employees pay, maximum (in hundredths)	10.00%
Additional deferred compensation contribution	2.0
Accrued pension liability	0	7.4	5.9
Pension expense	$ 0	$ 1.1	$ 0.6

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock Based Compensation [Abstract]

Schedule of option-pricing model assumptions and weighted-average fair values

The fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions and weighted-average fair values as follows:

	December 31,
Stock Options:	2009			2010			2011
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants	$	2.84		$	8.61		$	9.98
Risk-free interest rate(1)		2.3	%		1.8	%		1.8	%
Dividend yield(2)		3.2	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Expected volatility(3)		40.7	%		37.8	%		38.4	%
Expected life in months(4)	69 months			69 months			63 months

(1) The risk-free interest rate is based upon the rate on a zero coupon U.S. Treasury bill, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of the grant.

(2) The dividend yield is based on the average of historical stock prices and actual dividends paid.

(3) Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, over a period similar to the expected life of the option.

(4) The expected term of the option is based on the historical employee exercise behavior, the vesting terms of the respective option, and a contractual life of either seven or ten years.

Schedule of option activity

Options under the plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Exercise Price		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Options activity – service based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		4,483.9		$	15.82
Granted		187.5			36.10
Exercised		(1,149.2	)		16.57
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(16.7	)		12.32
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		3,505.5			16.68		3.65	$	111,793
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,311.4			17.02		3.10		72,930
Options activity – performance based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		3,586.5		$	24.90
Granted		57.5			31.92
Exercised		(790.0	)		17.14
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(100.0	)		23.72
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,754.0			27.32		5.20	$	58,532
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		639.4			17.25		3.01		20,027
Options activity – all options
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		8,070.4		$	19.86
Granted		245.0			35.12
Exercised		(1,939.2	)		16.80
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(116.7	)		22.09
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		6,259.5			21.36		4.33	$	170,325
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,950.8			17.07		3.09		92,957

Schedule of cash proceeds, tax benefits, and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised

Cash proceeds, tax benefits, and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised during 2009, 2010 and 2011, were as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised	$	6.2	$	21.2	$	29.7
Tax benefit realized for stock options exercised		2.9		10.3		17.4
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised		8.2		25.4		61.6

Schedule of non-vested restricted stock awards and charges

Nonvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Number of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		530.3		$	22.88
Granted		334.0			32.10
Vested		(185.5	)		21.49
Forfeited		(15.1	)		25.89
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		663.7			27.84

XML

Acquisition of LifeGen

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Acquisition of LifeGen [Abstract]

Acquisition of LifeGen

23.           Dividends per Share

Quarterly cash dividends for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 totaled $31.2 million and $36.6 million or $0.125 per share in 2010 and $0.135 per share in the first two quarters of 2011 and 0.16 per share in the last two quarters of 2011. The board of directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share for all classes of common stock to be paid on March 14, 2012 to stockholders of record on February 24, 2012.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

21.           Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to governmental regulations pertaining to product formulation, labeling and packaging, product claims and advertising and to the Company's direct selling system.  The Company is also subject to the jurisdiction of numerous foreign tax and customs authorities.  Any assertions or determination that either the Company or the Company's distributors is not in compliance with existing statutes, laws, rules or regulations could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.  In addition, in any country or jurisdiction, the adoption of new statutes, laws, rules or regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing statutes, laws, rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its operations.  Although management believes that the Company is in compliance in all material respects with the statutes, laws, rules and regulations of every jurisdiction in which it operates, no assurance can be given that the Company's compliance with applicable statutes, laws, rules and regulations will not be challenged by foreign authorities or that such challenges will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations or cash flows.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are defendants in litigation and proceedings involving various matters.  Except as noted below, in the opinion of the Company's management, based upon advice of its counsel handling such litigation and proceedings, adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely result in a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.  These audits may result in additional tax liabilities.  The Company believes it has appropriately provided for income taxes for all years.  Several factors drive the calculation of its tax reserves.  Some of these factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of limitations; (ii) changes in tax law and regulations; (iii) issuance of tax rulings; and (iv) settlements with tax authorities.  Changes in any of these factors may result in adjustments to the Company's reserves, which would impact its reported financial results.

In March 2011, the Tokyo District Court upheld a disputed $32.8 million customs assessment on certain of the Company's products imported into Japan during the period of October 2002 through July 2005.  As a result of this decision, the Company recorded an expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments in the first quarter of 2011. The charge was a non-cash item, as the Company was previously required to pay the assessments. The Company has appealed this decision.

The Company is currently involved in a dispute with customs authorities in Japan with respect to duty assessments on several of the Company's Pharmanex nutritional products. The dispute relates to additional customs assessments made by Yokohama Customs for the period of October 2006 through September 2009 in connection with post-importation audits, as well as the disputed portion of the Company's import duties from October 2009 to the present, which the Company has or will hold in bond or pay under protest. The aggregate amount of these assessments and disputed duties was 3.9 billion Japanese yen as of December 31, 2011 (approximately $50.7 million), net of any recovery of consumption taxes. The Company believes that additional assessments related to any prior period would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. The issue in this case is whether a United States entity utilizing a commissionaire agent in Japan to import its products can use the manufacturer's invoice or must use another valuation method, and, if an alternative method must be used, what the allowable deductions would be in determining the proper valuation.  Following the Company's review of the assessments and after consulting with the Company's legal and customs advisors, the Company believes that the additional assessments are improper and are not supported by applicable customs laws. The Company filed letters of protest with Yokohama Customs, which were rejected. The Company then appealed the matter to the Ministry of Finance in Japan. In May 2011, the Company received notice that, as anticipated, the Ministry of Finance in Japan denied the Company's administrative appeal. The Company disagrees with the Ministry of Finance's administrative decision. The Company is now pursuing the matter in Tokyo District Court, which the Company believes will provide a more independent determination of the matter. In addition, the Company is currently being required to post a bond or make a deposit equal to the difference between the Company's declared duties and the amount the customs authorities have determined the Company should be paying on all current imports. Because the Company believes that the higher rate determined by the customs authorities is an improper application of the regulations, the Company is currently expensing the portion of the duties the Company believes is supported under applicable customs law, and recording the additional deposit or payment as a receivable within long-term assets on its consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the Company is unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid or held in bond, the Company will likely be required to record a non-cash expense for the full amount of the disputed assessments.

XML

Long Term Debt (Details)	12 Months Ended								12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended							12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2009 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, U.S. dollar denominated 1 [Member] USD ($)		Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, U.S. dollar denominated 2 [Member] USD ($)		Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, total U.S. dollar-denominated debt [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Japanese yen denominated 1 [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Japanese yen denominated 1 [Member] JPY (¥)		Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Japanese yen denominated 2 [Member] JPY (¥)		Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Japanese yen denominated 3 [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Japanese yen denominated 3 [Member] JPY (¥)		Dec. 31, 2011 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, total Japanese yen-denominated debt [Member] JPY (¥)		Dec. 31, 2010 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, Total [Member] USD ($)		Dec. 31, 2010 2010 committed loan, U.S. dollar denominated [Member] USD ($)		Dec. 31, 2011 2010 committed loan, U.S. dollar denominated [Member] USD ($)
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Original principal amount - facilities				$ 40,000,000	[1]	$ 20,000,000	[1]			¥ 3,100,000,000	[1]				¥ 2,300,000,000	[1]	¥ 2,200,000,000	[1]
Balance - facilities				28,600,000	[2]	17,100,000	[2]		17,400,000	1,300,000,000	[2]	22,000,000,000	[2]	24,200,000	1,900,000,000	[2]	1,900,000,000	[2]	27,900,000	[2]
Interest rate - facilities (in hundredths)				6.20%		6.20%			1.70%	1.70%				2.60%	2.60%		3.30%
Repayment terms				Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments that began in July 2010.		Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.			Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.	Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.				Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments beginning September 2011.	Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments beginning September 2011.		Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.				Amortizes at $1.5 million per quarter
Original principal amount - other borrowings																					30,000,000	[1]
Balance - other borrowings	136,552,000																				24,000,000	[2]
Interest rate description - other borrowings																					Variable 30 day: 1.26
Percentage of outstanding stock of material foreign subsidiaries pledged as security (in hundredths)	65.00%
Current portion of long-term debt	28,608,000	27,865,000		14,000,000				8,600,000															6,000,000
Interest expense	4,800,000	5,800,000	6,900,000
Minimum cash compensating balance per loan covenant	65,000,000
Maturities of Long-term Debt [Abstract]
2012	28,608,000
2013	40,608,000
2014	22,608,000
2015	16,814,000
2016	16,814,000
Thereafter	11,100,000
Total	$ 136,552,000																				$ 24,000,000	[2]

[1] Each of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured by guarantees issued by the Company's domestic subsidiaries and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of its material foreign subsidiaries. The 2010 committed loan is also secured by deeds of trust with respect to the Company's corporate headquarters and distribution center in Provo, Utah.

[2] The current portion of the Company's long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12 months) includes $14.0 million of the balance of its Japanese yen-denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, $8.6 million of the balance on its U.S. dollar denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility and $6.0 million of its 2010 committed loan.

XML

Fair Value (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value [Abstract]

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31, 2011
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	15,733	$                                       ─			$                                       ─		$	15,733
Forward contracts	─			(1,580	)	─			(1,580	)
Insurance company contracts	─		─				14,925		14,925
Total	$	15,733	$	(1,580	)	$	14,925	$	29,078

	Fair Value at December 31, 2010
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	41,101	$                                       ─		$                                       ─		$	41,101
Forward contracts	─			45	─			45
Insurance company contracts	─		─			12,967		12,967
Total	$	41,101	$	45	$	12,967	$	54.113

Summary of changes in Fair value of marketable securities

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company's Level 3 marketable securities (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Insurance Company Contracts
Beginning balance at December 31, 2009	$	10,574
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		1,090
Purchases and issuances		2,197
Sales and settlements		(894	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2010	$	12,967
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		(365	)
Purchases and issuances		2,883
Sales and settlements		(560	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,925

XML

Dividends Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Dividends per Share [Abstract]

Dividends per Share

23.           Dividends per Share

Quarterly cash dividends for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 totaled $31.2 million and $36.6 million or $0.125 per share in 2010 and $0.135 per share in the first two quarters of 2011 and 0.16 per share in the last two quarters of 2011. The board of directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share for all classes of common stock to be paid on March 14, 2012 to stockholders of record on February 24, 2012.

XML

Quarterly Results

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Results [Abstract]

Quarterly Results

24.           Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S. dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

	2010								2011
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	364.1	$	388.4	$	383.6	$	401.2	$	395.8	$	424.4	$	428.4	$	495.3
Gross profit		299.3		320.4		314.8		330.3		295.2		353.3		357.8		415.1
Operating income		46.1		59.2		52.9		58.9		24.9		66.0		67.2		75.6
Net income		31.0		32.4		35.3		37.3		15.3		41.7		46.8		49.5
Net income per share:
Basic		0.50		0.51		0.57		0.60		0.25		0.67		0.75		0.80
Diluted		0.48		0.50		0.55		0.58		0.24		0.65		0.72		0.76

XML

The Company

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

The Company [Abstract]

The Company

1.           The Company

Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading, global direct selling company that develops and distributes premium-quality, innovative personal care products and nutritional supplements that are sold worldwide under the Nu Skin and Pharmanex brands and a small number of other products and services.  The Company reports revenue from five geographic regions:  North Asia, which consists of Japan and South Korea; Greater China, which consists of Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan; Americas, which consists of the United States, Canada and Latin America; South Asia/Pacific, which consists of Australia, Brunei, French Polynesia, Indonesia, Malaysia, New Caledonia, New Zealand, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand; and Europe, which consists of several markets in Europe as well as Israel, Russia and South Africa (the Company's subsidiaries operating in these countries are collectively referred to as the “Subsidiaries”).

XML

Other income (expense), net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other income (expense), net [Abstract]

Other income (expense), net

25.           Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), netwas $7.0 million of expense in 2011 compared to $9.4 million and $6.6 million of expense in 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Company recorded foreign currency transaction losses with respect to its intercompany receivables and payables with certain of its international affiliates, including markets that are newly opened or have remained in a loss position since inception. Generally, foreign currency transaction losses with these affiliates would be offset by gains related to the foreign currency transactions of the Company's yen-based bank debt.  Other income (expense), net also includes approximately $6.9 million, $5.8 million and $4.8 million in interest expense during 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  It is impossible to predict foreign currency fluctuations.  The Company cannot estimate the degree to which its operations will be impacted in the future, but it remains subject to these currency risks. However, the majority of these transaction losses are non-cash, non-operating losses.

XML

Long Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Long Term Debt [Abstract]

Summary of Long-Term Debt Arrangements

The following tables summarize the Company's long-term debt arrangements as of December 31, 2011:

Facility or   Arrangement(1)	Original Principal Amount	Balance as of   December 31, 2010	Balance as of   December 31, 2011(2)	Interest Rate	Repayment terms
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$40.0 million	$34.3 million	$28.6 million	6.2%	Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments that began in July 2010.
	$20.0 million	$20.0 million	$17.1 million	6.2%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
Japanese yen denominated:	3.1 billion yen	1.8 billion yen ($22.0 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.3 billion yen ($17.4 million as of December 31, 2011)	1.7%	Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.
	2.3 billion yen	2.3 billion yen ($27.9 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($25.3 million as of December 31, 2011)	2.6%	Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments that began in September 2011.
	2.2 billion yen	2.2 billion yen ($26.7 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($24.2 million as of December 31, 2011)	3.3%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
2010 committed loan:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$30.0 million	$30.0 million	$24.0 million	Variable 30 day: 1.29%	Amortizes at $1.5 million per quarter
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility	N/A	None	None	N/A
2009 $100.0 million uncommitted multi-currency shelf facility	N/A	None	None	N/A

(1) Each of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured by guarantees issued by the Company's domestic subsidiaries and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of its material foreign subsidiaries.  The 2010 committed loan is also secured by deeds of trust with respect to the Company's corporate headquarters and distribution center in Provo, Utah.

(2) The current portion of the Company's long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12 months) includes $14.0 million of the balance of its Japanese yen-denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, $8.6 million of the balance on its U.S. dollar denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility and $6.0 million of its 2010 committed loan.

Maturities of Long-term Debt

Maturities of all long-term debt at December 31, 2011, based on the year-end exchange rate, are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	28,608
2013		40,608
2014		22,608
2015		16,814
2016		16,814
Thereafter		11,100
Total	$	136,552

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets:
Goodwill	$ 112,446,000	$ 112,446,000
Trademarks and trade names	24,599,000	24,599,000
Total goodwill and trademarks and trade names	137,045,000	137,045,000
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	140,633,000	126,892,000
Accumulated amortization	81,899,000	73,221,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	15	15
Amortization of finite-life intangible assets	7,100,000	6,900,000	6,800,000
Annual estimated amortization expense [Abstract]
2011		6,000,000
2012		6,000,000
2013		6,000,000
2014		6,000,000
2015		6,000,000
Scanner technology [Member]
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	46,482,000	46,482,000
Accumulated amortization	21,457,000	18,423,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	18	18
Developed technology [Member]
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	22,500,000	22,500,000
Accumulated amortization	14,261,000	13,436,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	20	20
Distribution network [Member]
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	11,598,000	11,598,000
Accumulated amortization	9,089,000	8,587,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	15	15
Trademarks [Member]
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	13,401,000	13,323,000
Accumulated amortization	10,214,000	9,524,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	15	15
Other finite life intangible assets [Member]
Finite life intangible assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	46,652,000	32,989,000
Accumulated amortization	$ 26,878,000	$ 23,251,000
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)	5	5

XML

Other income (expense), net (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Other income (expense), net [Abstract]
Other income (expense), net	$ 7.0	$ 9.4
Interest expense included in Other income (expense), net	$ 4.8	$ 5.8	$ 6.9

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 272,974	$ 230,337
Current investments	17,727	0
Accounts receivable	31,615	25,701
Inventories, net	112,111	114,475
Prepaid expenses and other	95,660	52,013
Total Current Assets	530,087	422,526
Property and equipment, net	149,505	133,722
Goodwill	112,446	112,446
Other intangible assets, net	83,333	78,270
Other assets	115,585	145,260
Total assets	990,956	892,224
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	32,181	25,480
Accrued expenses	180,382	146,108
Current portion of long-term debt	28,608	27,865
Related party payable	0	16,995
Total Current Liabilities	241,171	216,448
Long-term debt	107,944	133,013
Other liabilities	67,605	71,514
Total liabilities	416,720	420,975
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 10, and 20)
Stockholders' equity
Class A common stock - 500 million shares authorized, $.001 par value, 90.6 million shares issued	91	91
Additional paid-in capital	292,240	256,505
Treasury stock, at cost - 28.5 and 28.3 million shares	(522,162)	(476,748)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(62,565)	(58,539)
Retained earnings	866,632	749,940
Total stockholders' equity	574,236	471,249
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 990,956	$ 892,224

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Consolidated income before provision for income taxes

Consolidated income before provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009		2010		2011
U.S.	$	71,338	$	141,069	$	142,929
Foreign		69,786		66,544		83,840
Total	$	141,124	$	207,613	$	226,769

Provisions for current and deferred taxes

The provision for current and deferred taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 consists of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009			2010			2011
Current
Federal	$	9,409		$	45,761		$	14,723
State		1,690			3,825			2,245
Foreign		27,784			27,450			56,973
		38,883			77,036			73,941
Deferred
Federal		14,266			(2,558	)		17,756
State		937			212			582
Foreign		(2,807	)		(3,128	)		(18,840	)
		12,396			(5,474	)		(502	)
Provision for income taxes	$	51,279		$	71,562		$	73,439

Principal components of deferred taxes

The principal components of deferred taxes are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory differences	$	5,572		$	3,796
Foreign tax credit and other foreign benefits		25,408			25,149
Stock-based compensation		9,632			9,674
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid		28,325			37,992
Foreign currency exchange		17,727			16,927
Net operating losses		12,481			11,656
Capitalized research and development		18,295			14,746
Asian marketing rights		483		─
Other		7,023			568
Gross deferred tax assets		124,946			120,508
Deferred tax liabilities:
Exchange gains and losses		4,763			3,300
Pharmanex intangibles step-up		12,923			12,179
Amortization of intangibles		10,193			14,457
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation		10,683			16,081
Prepaid expenses		11,239		─
Other		3,921			11,431
Gross deferred tax liabilities		53,722			57,448
Valuation allowance		(11,351	)		(11,611	)
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873		$	51,449

Components of deferred taxes, net on jurisdiction basis

The components of deferred taxes, net on a jurisdiction basis are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2011
Net current deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets		45,027		29,661
Total net deferred tax assets		71,121		62,528
Net current deferred tax liabilities		8		7
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		11,240		11,072
Total net deferred tax liabilities		11,248		11,079
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873	$	51,449

Actual tax rate compared to statutory U.S federal tax rate

The actual tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 compared to the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Income taxes at statutory rate		35.00	%		35.00	%		35.00	%
Non-deductible expenses		.24			.10			.16
Extraterritorial income tax credit		.00			.00			(3.39	)
Other		1.10			(.63	)		.62
		36.34	%		34.47	%		32.39	%

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity and Comprehensive Income (USD $)	Common Class A [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total
Balance at beginning of period at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 91,000	$ 218,928,000	$ (417,017,000)	$ (70,061,000)	$ 584,239,000	$ 316,180,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	0	0	0	89,845,000	89,845,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	1,830,000	0	1,830,000
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges	0	0	0	97,000	0	97,000
Total comprehensive income	0	0	0	0	0	91,772,000
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)	0	0	(21,144,000)	0	0	(21,144,000)
Exercise of employee stock options	0	1,633,000	4,594,000	0	0	6,227,000
Excess tax benefit from equity awards	0	1,669,000	0	0	0	1,669,000
Stock-based compensation	0	9,989,000	0	0	0	9,989,000
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	(29,006,000)	(29,006,000)
Balance at end of period at Dec. 31, 2009	91,000	232,219,000	(433,567,000)	(68,134,000)	645,078,000	375,687,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	0	0	0	136,051,000	136,051,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	9,661,000	0	9,661,000
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges	0	0	0	60,000	0	60,000
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains in current earnings	0	0	0	(126,000)	0	(126,000)
Total comprehensive income	0	0	0	0	0	145,646,000
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)	0	0	(58,516,000)	0	0	(58,516,000)
Reclassification of treasury shares held by subsidiary	0	3,122,000	(3,122,000)	0	0	0
Exercise of employee stock options	0	2,724,000	18,457,000	0	0	21,181,000
Excess tax benefit from equity awards	0	7,605,000	0	0	0	7,605,000
Stock-based compensation	0	10,835,000	0	0	0	10,835,000
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	(31,189,000)	(31,189,000)
Balance at end of period at Dec. 31, 2010	91,000	256,505,000	(476,748,000)	(58,539,000)	749,940,000	471,249,000
Comprehensive income:
Net income	0	0	0	0	153,330,000	153,330,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	(2,985,000)	0	(2,985,000)
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges	0	0	0	(1,954,000)	0	(1,954,000)
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains in current earnings	0	0	0	913,000	0	913,000
Total comprehensive income	0	0	0	0	0	149,304,000
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 11)	0	0	(67,149,000)	0	0	(67,149,000)
Exercise of employee stock options	0	7,978,000	21,735,000	0	0	29,713,000
Excess tax benefit from equity awards	0	12,657,000	0	0	0	12,657,000
Stock-based compensation	0	15,100,000	0	0	0	15,100,000
Cash dividends	0	0	0	0	(36,638,000)	(36,638,000)
Balance at end of period at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 91,000	$ 292,240,000	$ (522,162,000)	$ (62,565,000)	$ 866,632,000	$ 574,236,000

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2009
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Cumulative compensation expense	$ 15,500,000		$ 10,800,000		$ 10,000,000
Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Exercised (in shares)	2,100,000		1,500,000		600,000
Weighted-average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised	29,713,000		21,181,000		6,227,000
Stock Incentive Plan 1996 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Contractual term of stock options granted (in years)			10Y
Stock Incentive Plan 2006 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Contractual term of stock options granted (in years)			7Y
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, terms of award			Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in two installments if the Company's earnings per share equal or exceed the two established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. Fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level and fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level
Cumulative compensation expense			8,300,000
Omnibus Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares authorized for issuance (in shares)			7,000,000
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, terms of award			Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in three installments if the Company's earnings per share equal or exceed the three established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. One third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level, one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level and one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the third performance level.
Performance-Based Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of years several performance based grants were made (in years)	4Y
Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	3,586.2
Granted (in shares)	57.5
Exercised (in shares)	(790.0)
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in shares)	(100)
Outstanding, Ending (in shares)	2,754.0
Exercisable (in shares)	639.4
Weighted-average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 24.90
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 31.92
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 17.14
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in dollars per share)	$ 23.72
Outstanding, Ending (in dollars per share)	$ 27.32
Exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 17.25
Weighted- average remaining contractual term (in years)	5.20
Weighted- average remaining contractual term, exercisable (in years)	3.01
Aggregate intrinsic value	58,532,000
Aggregate intrinsic value, exercisable	20,027,000
loc_Stock Options [Member]
Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants (in dollars per share)	$ 9.98		$ 8.61		$ 2.84
Risk-free interest rate (in hundredths)	1.80%	[1]	1.80%	[1]	2.30%	[1]
Dividend yield (in hundredths)	2.60%	[2]	2.60%	[2]	3.20%	[2]
Expected volatility (in hundredths)	38.40%	[3]	37.80%	[3]	40.70%	[3]
Expected life ( in months)	63	[4]	69	[4]	69	[4]
Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	8,070.4
Granted (in shares)	245.0
Exercised (in shares)	(1,939.2)
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in shares)	(116.7)
Outstanding, Ending (in shares)	6,259.5		8,070.4
Exercisable (in shares)	2,950.8
Weighted-average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 19.86
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 35.12
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 16.80
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in dollars per share)	$ 22.09
Outstanding, Ending (in dollars per share)	$ 21.36		$ 19.86
Exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 17.07
Weighted- average remaining contractual term (in years)	4.33
Weighted- average remaining contractual term, exercisable (in years)	3.09
Aggregate intrinsic value	170,325,000
Aggregate intrinsic value, exercisable	92,957,000
Total fair value of options vested and expensed, net of tax	5,200,000
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised	32,700,000		21,181,000		6,227,000
Tax benefit realized for stock options exercised	17,400,000		10,300,000		2,900,000
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	61,600,000		25,400,000		8,200,000
Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Weighted-average period (in years)	2.6
Service-Based Options [Member]
Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	4,483.9
Granted (in shares)	187.5
Exercised (in shares)	(1,149.2)
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in shares)	(16.7)
Outstanding, Ending (in shares)	3,505.5
Exercisable (in shares)	2,311.4
Weighted-average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 15.8
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 36.1
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 16.57
Forfeited/cancelled/expired (in dollars per share)	$ 12.32
Outstanding, Ending (in dollars per share)	$ 16.68
Exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 17.02
Weighted- average remaining contractual term (in years)	3.65
Weighted- average remaining contractual term, exercisable (in years)	3.10
Aggregate intrinsic value	111,793,000
Aggregate intrinsic value, exercisable	72,930,000
Non-Vested Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of shares [Roll forward]
Nonvested, beginning balance (in shares)	530.3
Granted (in shares)	334.0
Vested (in shares)	(185.5)
Forfeited (in shares)	(15.1)
Nonvested, Ending Balance (in shares)	663.7		530.3
Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Nonvested, Beginning Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 22.88
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 32.10
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 21.49
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 25.89
Nonvested, Ending Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 27.84		$ 22.88
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	$ 11,600,000		$ 16,300,000
Weighted-average period (in years)	2.5		2.6

[1] The risk-free interest rate is based upon the rate on a zero coupon U.S. Treasury bill, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of the grant.

[2] The dividend yield is based on the average of historical stock prices and actual dividends paid.

[3] Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, over a period similar to the expected life of the option.

[4] The expected term of the option is based on the historical employee exercise behavior, the vesting terms of the respective option, and a contractual life of either seven or ten years.

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Prepaid Expenses and Other [Abstract]

Prepaid expenses and other

Prepaid expenses and other consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Prepaid income taxes	─			30,223
Prepaid inventory		7,799		12,232
Prepaid rent and insurance		4,005		4,001
Prepaid other taxes and duties		2,727		2,406
Deposits		5,320		4,240
Other	­­­­­­­­­ 6,068		­­­­­­­­­ 9,691
	$	52,013	$	95,660

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Supplemental Cash Flow Elements [Abstract]
Cash paid for interest	$ 5.2	$ 6.2	$ 7.0
Cash paid for income taxes	$ 75.6	$ 61.2	$ 36.8

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefit Plan [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plan

15.           Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan which permits participating employees to defer up to a maximum of 100% of their compensation, subject to limitations established by the Internal Revenue Service. Employees age 18 and older are eligible to contribute to the plan starting the first day of employment. After completing at least one day of service, employees are eligible to receive the Company's matching funds. In 2009, 2010, and 2011 the Company matched employees' base pay up to 3.5%, 4% and 4%, respectively.  The Company's contributions cliff vest after two years of service. The Company recorded compensation expense of $1.7 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan. The Company plans to make an additional contribution to the plan up to 5% of the employees base pay based on the achievement of certain approved targets.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the first year of this “retire ready” additional contribution, the approved targets were met resulting in an additional contribution of approximately $2.0 million.

    The Company has a defined benefit pension plan for its employees in Japan. All employees of Nu Skin Japan, after certain years of service, are entitled to pension plan benefits when they terminate employment with Nu Skin Japan. The accrued pension liability was $5.9 million, $7.4 million and $8.4 million as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Although Nu Skin Japan has not specifically funded this obligation, as it is not required to do so, Nu Skin Japan believes it maintains adequate cash balances for this defined benefit pension plan. The Company recorded pension expense of $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Components of Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are comprised of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010			2011
Land	$	16,480		$	19,561
Buildings		34,293			41,495
Construction in progress		8,070			14,286
Furniture and fixtures		46,799			48,071
Computers and equipment		87,653			92,336
Leasehold improvements		55,526			60,120
Scanners		18,803			15,741
Vehicles	­­­­­­­­­ 2,222			­­­­­­­­­ 2,153
		269,846			293,763
Less: accumulated depreciation		(136,124	)		(144,258	)
	$	133,722		$	149,505

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivative Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

17.           Derivative Financial Instruments

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company held $22.2 million and $83.6 million, respectively, in forward contracts designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges to hedge forecasted foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions.

The contracts held at December 31, 2011 have maturities through May 2013, and accordingly, all unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be recognized in current earnings over the next 17 months.  There were no pre-tax net (losses)/gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges recorded in current earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009.  There were $0.1 million of pre-tax net gains and $1.4 million of pre-tax net losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges recorded in current earnings for years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (Custom Dispute 1 [Member]) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 JPY (¥)
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Aggregate amount additional assessments	$ 50.7	¥ 3,900.0

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity and Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Stockholders' equity [Roll Forward]
Employee stock options (in shares)	2.1	1.5	0.6

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock - authorized (in shares)	500	500
Common stock - par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock - issued (in shares)	90.6	90.6
Treasury stock, at cost (in shares)	28.3	28.5

XML

Lease Obligations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Lease Obligation [Abstract]

Lease Obligation

10.           Lease Obligations

The Company leases office space and computer hardware under noncancelable long-term operating leases.  Most leases include renewal options of at least three years.  Minimum future operating lease obligations at December 31, 2011 are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	16,006
2013		14,548
2014		11,912
2015		10,339
2016		9,540
Thereafter		902
Total	$	63,247

Rental expense for operating leases totaled $33.8 million, $28.8 million and $25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 01, 2012
Entity Registrant Name	NU SKIN ENTERPRISES INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001021561
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float	$ 753,000,000
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		63,167,909
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011

XML

Capital Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital Stock [Abstract]

Capital Stock

11.                                Capital Stock

The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 25 million shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 500 million shares of Class A common stock, par value $.001 per share, and 100 million shares of Class B common stock, par value $.001 per share.  The shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical in all respects, except for voting rights and certain conversion rights and transfer restrictions, as follows: (1) each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders and each share of Class B common

stock entitles the holder to ten votes on each such matter; (2) stock dividends of Class A common stock may be paid only to holders of Class A common stock and stock dividends of Class B common stock may

be paid only to holders of Class B common stock; (3) if a holder of Class B common stock transfers such shares to a person other than a permitted transferee, as defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, such shares will be converted automatically into shares of Class A common stock; and (4) Class A common stock has no conversion rights; however, each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time at the option of the

holder.  All outstanding Class B shares have been converted to Class A shares.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no preferred or Class B common shares outstanding.

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted-average common shares outstanding for purposes of computing basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		63,333		62,370		62,066
Effect of dilutive securities:      Stock awards and options		963		2,177		2,480
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding		64,296		64,547		64,546

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, other stock options totaling 4.8 million, 0.4 million and none, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

Repurchases of common stock

      The board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase the Company's outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the open market or in private transactions. The repurchases are used primarily to offset dilution from the Company's equity incentive plans and for strategic initiatives. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company repurchased approximately 1.2 million, 2.2 million and 1.9 million shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $21.1 million, $58.5 million and $67.1 million, respectively. Between August 1998 and December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased a total of approximately 23.7 million shares of Class A common stock under this program for an aggregate price of approximately $398.4 million. In June 2010, the Company's board of directors authorized an increase of $150.0 million in the amount available under the Company's ongoing stock repurchase program.  At December 31, 2011, $86.3 million was available for repurchases under the stock repurchase program.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) Share data in Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Income [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 1,743,991,000	$ 1,537,259,000	$ 1,331,058,000
Cost of sales	322,624,000	272,431,000	243,648,000
Gross profit	1,421,367,000	1,264,828,000	1,087,410,000
Operating expenses:
Selling expenses	751,448,000	646,348,000	559,605,000
General and administrative expenses	436,177,000	401,418,000	369,368,000
Restructuring charges	0	0	10,724,000
Total operating expenses	1,187,625,000	1,047,766,000	939,697,000
Operating income	233,742,000	217,062,000	147,713,000
Other income (expense), net (Note 23)	(6,973,000)	(9,449,000)	(6,589,000)
Income before provision for income taxes	226,769,000	207,613,000	141,124,000
Provision for income taxes	73,439,000	71,562,000	51,279,000
Net income	$ 153,330,000	$ 136,051,000	$ 89,845,000
Net income per share:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 2.47	$ 2.18	$ 1.42
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.38	$ 2.11	$ 1.40
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000s):
Basic (in shares)	62,066	62,370	63,333
Diluted (in shares)	64,546	64,547	64,296

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

5.           Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are comprised of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010			2011
Land	$	16,480		$	19,561
Buildings		34,293			41,495
Construction in progress		8,070			14,286
Furniture and fixtures		46,799			48,071
Computers and equipment		87,653			92,336
Leasehold improvements		55,526			60,120
Scanners		18,803			15,741
Vehicles	­­­­­­­­­ 2,222			­­­­­­­­­ 2,153
		269,846			293,763
Less: accumulated depreciation		(136,124	)		(144,258	)
	$	133,722		$	149,505

Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $21.8 million, $22.7 million and $25.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Prepaid Expenses and Other [Abstract]

Prepaid Expenses and Other

4.           Prepaid Expenses and Other

Prepaid expenses and other consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Prepaid income taxes	─			30,223
Prepaid inventory		7,799		12,232
Prepaid rent and insurance		4,005		4,001
Prepaid other taxes and duties		2,727		2,406
Deposits		5,320		4,240
Other	­­­­­­­­­ 6,068		­­­­­­­­­ 9,691
	$	52,013	$	95,660

XML

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan [Abstract]

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

16.           Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

      The Company has an executive deferred compensation plan for select management personnel.  Under this plan, the Company may make a contribution of up to 10% of a participant's salary.  In addition, each participant has the option to defer a portion of their compensation up to a maximum of 80% of their base salary and 100% of their bonuses.  Participant contributions are immediately vested.  Company contributions vest 50% after ten years of service and 5% each year of service thereafter. In addition, any unvested company contributions will fully vest on the earlier of:  (a) the participant attaining 60 years of age; and (b) death or disability.

The Company recorded compensation expense of $1.1 million, $3.4 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan. The total long-term deferred compensation liability under the deferred compensation plan was $15.0 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan and is included in other long-term liabilities. 

All benefits under the deferred compensation plan are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company has contributed assets to a “rabbi trust” for the payment of benefits under the deferred compensation plan. As the assets of the trust are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors if the Company becomes insolvent, the amounts held in the trust are accounted for as an investment on the Company's consolidated balance sheet of $13.0 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock Based Compensation

12.           Stock–Based Compensation

At December 31, 2011, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:

Equity Incentive Plans

During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's board of directors adopted the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1996 Stock Incentive Plan”).  In April 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Stock Incentive Plan”).  The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders at the Company's 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in May of 2006.  The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan provide for granting of stock awards and options to purchase common stock to executives, other employees, independent consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Stock options granted under these plans are generally non-qualified stock options, but the plans permit some stock options granted to qualify as “incentive stock options” under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally is equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the stock option grant date.  The contractual term of stock options granted since 1996 is generally ten years.  However, for stock options granted beginning in the second quarter of 2006, the contractual term has been shortened to seven years.  Currently, all shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are from the Company's treasury shares.  With the adoption of the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan discussed below, no further grants will be made under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan or the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

In April 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan”).  This plan was approved by the Company's stockholders at the Company's 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in May of 2010.  The 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for granting of a variety of equity based awards including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other share based awards, performance cash, performance shares and performance units to executives, other employees, independent consultants and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Options granted under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan are generally non-qualified stock options, but the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan permits some stock options granted to qualify as “incentive stock options” under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally is equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the stock option grant date.  The contractual term of a stock option granted under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan is seven years.  Currently, all shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are from the Company's treasury shares.  Seven million shares, subject to certain adjustments, were authorized for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

The Company has traditionally granted time-vested options.  However, the Company has made several performance based grants over the last four years.  The following is a summary of the terms of the two most significant grants of performance awards.  The compensation committee of the board of directors approved the grant of performance stock options to certain senior level executives in the fourth quarter of 2007 under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in two installments if the Company's earnings per share equal or exceed the two established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. Fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level and fifty percent of the options vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level. As of December 31, 2011, both of the performance levels were met for these performance stock options, which resulted in cumulative compensation expense of $8.3 million.

In November 2010, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the grant of performance stock options to certain key employees under the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in three installments if the Company's earnings per share equal or exceed the three established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. One third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the first performance level, one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the second performance level and one third of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or exceeding the third performance level. All unvested options will terminate upon the Company's failure to meet certain performance thresholds for each of years 2013 through 2015.  In addition, all unvested options will terminate on March 30, 2016. The Company records an expense each period for the estimated amount of expense associated with the Company's projected achievement of the performance based targets.

The Company has also issued other performance based awards to a limited number of participants that similarly vest, or become eligible for vesting, upon achievement of various performance targets.

The fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions and weighted-average fair values as follows:

	December 31,
Stock Options:	2009			2010			2011
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants	$	2.84		$	8.61		$	9.98
Risk-free interest rate(1)		2.3	%		1.8	%		1.8	%
Dividend yield(2)		3.2	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Expected volatility(3)		40.7	%		37.8	%		38.4	%
Expected life in months(4)	69 months			69 months			63 months

(1) The risk-free interest rate is based upon the rate on a zero coupon U.S. Treasury bill, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of the grant.

(2) The dividend yield is based on the average of historical stock prices and actual dividends paid.

(3) Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, over a period similar to the expected life of the option.

(4) The expected term of the option is based on the historical employee exercise behavior, the vesting terms of the respective option, and a contractual life of either seven or ten years.

Options under the plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Exercise Price		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Options activity – service based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		4,483.9		$	15.82
Granted		187.5			36.10
Exercised		(1,149.2	)		16.57
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(16.7	)		12.32
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		3,505.5			16.68		3.65	$	111,793
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,311.4			17.02		3.10		72,930
Options activity – performance based
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		3,586.5		$	24.90
Granted		57.5			31.92
Exercised		(790.0	)		17.14
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(100.0	)		23.72
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,754.0			27.32		5.20	$	58,532
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		639.4			17.25		3.01		20,027
Options activity – all options
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		8,070.4		$	19.86
Granted		245.0			35.12
Exercised		(1,939.2	)		16.80
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(116.7	)		22.09
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		6,259.5			21.36		4.33	$	170,325
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,950.8			17.07		3.09		92,957

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the respective years and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011.  This amount varies based on the fair market value of the Company's stock.  The total fair value of options vested and expensed was $5.2 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Cash proceeds, tax benefits, and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised during 2009, 2010 and 2011, were as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2009		2010		2011
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised	$	6.2	$	21.2	$	29.7
Tax benefit realized for stock options exercised		2.9		10.3		17.4
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised		8.2		25.4		61.6

Nonvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Number of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		530.3		$	22.88
Granted		334.0			32.10
Vested		(185.5	)		21.49
Forfeited		(15.1	)		25.89
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		663.7			27.84

As of December 31, 2011, there was $11.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years.  As of December 31, 2011, there was $16.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock option awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

XML

Accrued Expenses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

8.           Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Accrued commissions and other payments to distributors	$	66,335	$	68,925
Other taxes payable		15,948		12,628
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes		13,063		18,039
Accrued payable to vendors		9,744		12,752
Deferred revenue		2,730		22,007
Other accrued employee expenses		19,704		18,588
Other		18,584		27,443
	$	146,108	$	180,382

XML

Fair Value (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents	$ 15,733,000	$ 41,101,000
Forward contracts	(1,580,000)	45,000
Insurance company contracts	14,925,000	12,967,000
Total	29,078,000	54,113,000
Level 1 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents		41,101,000
Forward contracts		0
Insurance company contracts		0
Total		41,101,000
Level 2 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents		0
Forward contracts		45,000
Insurance company contracts		0
Total		45,000
Level 3 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents		0
Forward contracts		0
Insurance company contracts		12,967,000
Total		12,967,000
Level 3 [Member] | Insurance Company Contracts [Member]
Summary of changes in fair value of marketable securities [Roll Forward]
Balance, Beginning of period	12,967,000,000	10,574,000,000
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date	(365,000,000)	1,090,000,000
Purchases and issuances	2,930,000,000	2,197,000,000
Sales and settlements	(560,000,000)	(894,000,000)
Transfers out of Level III	0	0
Balance, End of period	14,972,000,000	12,967,000,000
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents	15,733,000
Forward contracts	0
Insurance company contracts	0
Total	15,733,000
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents	0
Forward contracts	(1,580,000)
Insurance company contracts	0
Total	(1,580,000)
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Financial assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Cash equivalents	0
Forward contracts	0
Insurance company contracts	14,925,000
Total	$ 14,925,000

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

6.           Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Carrying Amount at December 31,
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets:	2010		2011
Goodwill	$	112,446	$	112,446
Trademarks and trade names		24,599		24,599
	$	137,045	$	137,045

	December 31, 2010				December 31, 2011
Finite life intangible assets:	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Weighted-average  Amortization Period
Scanner technology	$	46,482	$	18,423	$	46,482	$	21,457	18 years
Developed technology		22,500		13,436		22,500		14,261	20 years
Distributor network		11,598		8,587		11,598		9,089	15 years
Trademarks		13,323		9,524		13,401		10,214	15 years
Other		32,989		23,251		46,652		26,878	8 years
	$	126,892	$	73,221	$	140,633	$	81,899	15 years

Amortization of finite-life intangible assets totaled $6.8 million, $6.9 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  Annual estimated amortization expense is expected to approximate $6.0 million for each of the five succeeding fiscal years.

XML

Other Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Other Assets

7.           Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred taxes	$	45,027	$	29,661
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases		14,261		15,559
Deposit for customs assessment (Note 21)		65,255		50,719
Other		20,717		19,646
	$	145,260	$	115,585

XML

Long Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Long Term Debt [Abstract]

Long Term Debt

9.           Long-Term Debt

The following tables summarize the Company's long-term debt arrangements as of December 31, 2011:

Facility or   Arrangement(1)	Original Principal Amount	Balance as of   December 31, 2010	Balance as of   December 31, 2011(2)	Interest Rate	Repayment terms
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$40.0 million	$34.3 million	$28.6 million	6.2%	Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments that began in July 2010.
	$20.0 million	$20.0 million	$17.1 million	6.2%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
Japanese yen denominated:	3.1 billion yen	1.8 billion yen ($22.0 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.3 billion yen ($17.4 million as of December 31, 2011)	1.7%	Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments that began in April 2008.
	2.3 billion yen	2.3 billion yen ($27.9 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($25.3 million as of December 31, 2011)	2.6%	Notes due September 2017 with annual principal payments that began in September 2011.
	2.2 billion yen	2.2 billion yen ($26.7 million as of December 31, 2010)	1.9 billion yen ($24.2 million as of December 31, 2011)	3.3%	Notes due January 2017 with annual principal payments that began in January 2011.
2010 committed loan:
U.S. dollar denominated:	$30.0 million	$30.0 million	$24.0 million	Variable 30 day: 1.29%	Amortizes at $1.5 million per quarter
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility	N/A	None	None	N/A
2009 $100.0 million uncommitted multi-currency shelf facility	N/A	None	None	N/A

(1) Each of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured by guarantees issued by the Company's domestic subsidiaries and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of its material foreign subsidiaries.  The 2010 committed loan is also secured by deeds of trust with respect to the Company's corporate headquarters and distribution center in Provo, Utah.

(2) The current portion of the Company's long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12 months) includes $14.0 million of the balance of its Japanese yen-denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility, $8.6 million of the balance on its U.S. dollar denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility and $6.0 million of its 2010 committed loan.

Interest expense relating to debt totaled $6.9 million, $5.8 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The notes and shelf facility contain other terms and conditions and affirmative and negative financial covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including a requirement to maintain a minimum cash balance of $65.0 million.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants under the notes and shelf facility.

Maturities of all long-term debt at December 31, 2011, based on the year-end exchange rate, are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	28,608
2013		40,608
2014		22,608
2015		16,814
2016		16,814
Thereafter		11,100
Total	$	136,552

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Derivative Financial Instruments [Abstract]
Notional amount of foreign currency cash flow hedges	$ 83.6	$ 22.2
Pre-tax net gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges	$ (1.4)	$ 0.1

XML

Segment Information (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of geographic regions									5	5	5
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									$ 1,743,991,000	$ 1,537,259,000	$ 1,331,058,000
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue	495,300	428,400	424,400	395,800	401,200	383,600	388,400	364,100	1,743,991,000	1,537,259,000	1,331,058,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue	495,300	428,400	424,400	395,800	401,200	383,600	388,400	364,100	1,743,991,000	1,537,259,000	1,331,058,000
Nu Skin [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									964,130,000	913,819,000	752,681,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									964,130,000	913,819,000	752,681,000
Pharmanex [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									770,192,000	612,209,000	565,592,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									770,192,000	612,209,000	565,592,000
Other Product Lines [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									9,669,000	11,231,000	12,785,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									9,669,000	11,231,000	12,785,000
Japan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									472,519,000	471,425,000	461,914,000
Long-lived assets	14,113,000				12,473,000				14,113,000	12,473,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									472,519,000	471,425,000	461,914,000
South Korea [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									278,646,000	214,648,000	144,199,000
Long-lived assets	11,451,000				9,396,000				11,451,000	9,396,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									278,646,000	214,648,000	144,199,000
United States [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									211,788,000	212,070,000	218,557,000
Long-lived assets	98,205,000				84,829,000				98,205,000	84,829,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									211,788,000	212,070,000	218,557,000
Hong Kong [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									80,524,000	69,686,000	47,566,000
Long-lived assets	1,030,000				1,561,000				1,030,000	1,561,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									80,524,000	69,686,000	47,566,000
Europe [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									140,497,000	124,497,000	111,862,000
Long-lived assets	1,966,000				2,697,000				1,966,000	2,697,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									140,497,000	124,497,000	111,862,000
Mainland China [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									152,538,000	91,352,000	71,086,000
Long-lived assets	15,135,000				11,646,000				15,135,000	11,646,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									152,538,000	91,352,000	71,086,000
Taiwan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenue									108,857,000	107,133,000	91,727,000
Long-lived assets	1,556,000				2,200,000				1,556,000	2,200,000
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue									108,857,000	107,133,000	91,727,000
North Asia [Member]
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									751,165,000	686,073,000	606,113,000
Greater China [Member]
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									341,919,000	268,171,000	210,379,000
Americas [Member]
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									251,984,000	250,008,000	260,865,000
South Asia Pacific [Member]
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									236,212,000	182,796,000	120,123,000
Europe [Member]
Revenue by region [Abstract]
Revenue									$ 162,711,000	$ 150,211,000	$ 133,578,000

XML

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2010 Executive [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Executive [Member]
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Percentage of matching contribution maximum (in hundredths)	10.00%
Percentage of compensation deferred, maximum (in hundredths)	80.00%
Percentage of bonus deferred, maximum (in hundredths)	100.00%
Deferred compensation arrangement with individual, description	Employees age 18 and older are eligible to contribute to the plan starting the first day of employment.
Compensation expense	$ 1.7		$ 3.4	$ 1.1
Compensation cost accrued related to executive deferred compensation plan	17.3		15.0
Investment in Rabbi Trust	$ 13.0	$ 14.9

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Components of inventories

Inventories consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Raw materials	$	31,497	$	24,668
Finished goods		82,978		87,443
	$	114,475	$	112,111

Schedule of property and equipment estimated useful lives

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	39 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 7 years
Computers and equipment	3 ­- 5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Scanners	3 years
Vehicles	3 - 5 years

Reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits included in other liabilities is as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Gross Balance at January 1, 2009	$	30,915
Increases related to prior year tax positions		2
Increases related to current year tax positions		3,618
Settlements		(946	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(4,858	)
Currency adjustments		(456	)
Gross Balance at December 31, 2009	$	28,275
Gross Balance at January 1, 2010	$	28,275
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(1,206	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		2,236
Settlements	─
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(15,395	)
Currency adjustments		911
Gross Balance at December 31, 2010	$	14,821
Gross Balance at January 1, 2011	$	14,821
Decreases related to prior year tax positions		(7,138	)
Increases related to current year tax positions		1,415
Settlements		(499	)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations		(1,255	)
Currency adjustments		43
Gross Balance at December 31, 2011	$	7,387

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Prepaid Expenses and Other [Abstract]
Deferred tax assets	$ 32,867	$ 26,094
Prepaid income taxes	30,223	0
Prepaid inventory	12,232	7,799
Prepaid rent and insurance	4,001	4,005
Prepaid other taxes and duties	2,406	2,727
Deposits	4,240	5,320
Other	9,691	6,068
Total	$ 95,660	$ 52,013

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

14.           Income Taxes

Consolidated income before provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009		2010		2011
U.S.	$	71,338	$	141,069	$	142,929
Foreign		69,786		66,544		83,840
Total	$	141,124	$	207,613	$	226,769

The provision for current and deferred taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 consists of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	2009			2010			2011
Current
Federal	$	9,409		$	45,761		$	14,723
State		1,690			3,825			2,245
Foreign		27,784			27,450			56,973
		38,883			77,036			73,941
Deferred
Federal		14,266			(2,558	)		17,756
State		937			212			582
Foreign		(2,807	)		(3,128	)		(18,840	)
		12,396			(5,474	)		(502	)
Provision for income taxes	$	51,279		$	71,562		$	73,439

The Company's foreign taxes paid are high relative to foreign operating income and the Company's U.S. taxes paid are low relative to U.S. operating income due largely to the flow of funds among the Company's Subsidiaries around the world.  As payments for services, management fees, license arrangements and royalties are made from the Company's foreign affiliates to its U.S. corporate headquarters, these payments often incur withholding and other forms of tax that are generally creditable for U.S. tax purposes.  Therefore, these payments lead to increased foreign effective tax rates and lower U.S. effective tax rates.  Variations (or shifts) occur in the Company's foreign and U.S. effective tax rates from year to year depending on several factors.  These factors include the impact of global transfer prices, the timing and level of remittances from foreign affiliates, profits and losses in various markets, in the valuation of deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

The principal components of deferred taxes are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory differences	$	5,572		$	3,796
Foreign tax credit and other foreign benefits		25,408			25,149
Stock-based compensation		9,632			9,674
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid		28,325			37,992
Foreign currency exchange		17,727			16,927
Net operating losses		12,481			11,656
Capitalized research and development		18,295			14,746
Asian marketing rights		483		─
Other		7,023			568
Gross deferred tax assets		124,946			120,508
Deferred tax liabilities:
Exchange gains and losses		4,763			3,300
Pharmanex intangibles step-up		12,923			12,179
Amortization of intangibles		10,193			14,457
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation		10,683			16,081
Prepaid expenses		11,239		─
Other		3,921			11,431
Gross deferred tax liabilities		53,722			57,448
Valuation allowance		(11,351	)		(11,611	)
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873		$	51,449

At December 31, 2011, the Company had foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $51.3 million for tax purposes, which will be available to offset future taxable income.  If not used, $16.1 million of carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2021, while $35.2 million do not expire. A valuation allowance of approximately $44.6 million has been placed on these foreign operating loss carry forwards.

The valuation allowance primarily represents amounts for foreign operating loss carryforwards for which it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary difference, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.  When the Company determines that there is sufficient taxable income to utilize the net operating losses, the valuation will be released which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The components of deferred taxes, net on a jurisdiction basis are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2011
Net current deferred tax assets	$	26,094	$	32,867
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets		45,027		29,661
Total net deferred tax assets		71,121		62,528
Net current deferred tax liabilities		8		7
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		11,240		11,072
Total net deferred tax liabilities		11,248		11,079
Deferred taxes, net	$	59,873	$	51,449

The Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.  These audits may result in proposed assessments that may result in additional tax liabilities.

The actual tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 compared to the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2010			2011
Income taxes at statutory rate		35.00	%		35.00	%		35.00	%
Non-deductible expenses		.24			.10			.16
Extraterritorial income tax credit		.00			.00			(3.39	)
Other		1.10			(.63	)		.62
		36.34	%		34.47	%		32.39	%

The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to a one-time discrete tax benefit of $7.7 million associated with the effective settlement of an IRS audit for tax years 2005 – 2008.  During the third quarter, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS on the Extraterritorial Income Exclusion for the exportation of products outside the United States.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

19.           Segment Information

The Company operates in a single operating segment by selling products to a global network of independent distributors that operates in a seamless manner from market to market, except for its operations in Mainland China.  In Mainland China, the Company utilizes an employed sales force, contractual sales promoters and direct sellers to sell its products through fixed retail locations.  Selling expenses are the Company's largest expense comprised of the commissions paid to its worldwide independent distributors as well as remuneration to its Mainland China sales employees, promoters and direct sellers paid on product sales.  The Company manages its business primarily by managing its global sales force.  The Company does not use profitability reports on a regional or divisional basis for making business decisions.  However, the Company does report revenue in five geographic regions: North Asia, Greater China, Americas, South Asia/Pacific and Europe.

Revenue generated in each of these regions is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
North Asia	$	606,113	$	686,073	$	751,165
Greater China		210,379		268,171		341,919
Americas		260,865		250,008		251,984
South Asia/Pacific		120,123		182,796		236,212
Europe		133,578		150,211		162,711
Total	$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

Revenue generated by each of the Company's product lines is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Nu Skin	$	752,681	$	913,819	$	964,130
Pharmanex		565,592		612,209		770,192
Other		12,785		11,231		9,669
Total	$	1,331,058	$	1,537,259	$	1,743,991

Additional information as to the Company's operations in the most significant geographical areas is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
Revenue:	2009		2010		2011
Japan	$	461,914	$	471,425	$	472,519
South Korea		144,199		214,648		278,646
United States		218,557		212,070		211,788
Mainland China		71,086		91,352		152,538
Europe		111,862		124,497		140,497
Taiwan		91,727		107,133		108,857
Hong Kong		47,566		69,686		80,524

	December 31,
Long-lived assets:	2010		2011
Japan	$	12,473	$	14,113
South Korea		9,396		11,451
United States		84,829		98,205
Europe		2,697		1,966
Mainland China		11,646		15,135
Taiwan		2,200		1,556
Hong Kong		1,561		1,030

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Inventories [Abstract]
Reserves for obsolete inventory	$ 7,100,000	$ 10,500,000
Raw materials	24,668,000	31,497,000
Finished goods	87,443,000	82,978,000
Inventories	112,111,000	114,475,000
Revenue recognition [Abstract]
Accrued reserve for product returns	5,200,000	3,300,000
Sales returns	56,500,000	55,400,000	44,800,000
Fair value of financial instruments [Abstract]
Long-term debt, fair value	145,000,000	169,400,000
Advertising expense [Abstract]
Advertising expense incurred	2,300,000	2,100,000	2,000,000
Selling expenses [Abstract]
Number of levels of executive distributors		6
Research and development [Abstract]
Research and development expense	13,600,000	12,400,000	10,400,000
Deferred tax assets and liabilities [Abstract]
Net deferred tax assets	51,449,000	59,873,000
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Abstract]
Gross Balance, Beginning	14,821,000	28,275,000	30,915,000
Increases related to prior year tax positions	(7,138,000)	(1,206,000)	2,000
Increases related to current year tax positions	1,415,000	2,236,000	3,618,000
Settlements	(499,000)	0	(946,000)
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations	(1,255,000)	(15,395,000)	(4,858,000)
Currency adjustments	43,000	911,000	(456,000)
Gross Balance, Ending	7,387,000	14,821,000	28,275,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	3,100,000	2,400,000
Estimate of change in gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of foreign adjustments, minimum	0
Estimate of change in gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of foreign currency adjustments, maximum	2,000,000
Interest and penalties expenses/(benefits)	(800,000)	(1,700,000)	100,000
Accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions	800,000	1,600,000	3,300,000
Stock-based compensation [Abstract]
Total compensation expense related to equity compensation plans	$ 15,500,000	$ 10,800,000	$ 10,000,000
Building [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life maximum (in years)		39
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life minimum (in years)		5
Estimated useful life maximum (in years)		7
Computer Equipment [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life minimum (in years)		3
Estimated useful life maximum (in years)		5
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life description		Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Scanners [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life maximum (in years)		3
Vehicles [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful life minimum (in years)		3
Estimated useful life maximum (in years)		5

XML

Lease Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Lease Obligation [Abstract]

Minimum future lease obligations

Minimum future operating lease obligations at December 31, 2011 are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2012	$	16,006
2013		14,548
2014		11,912
2015		10,339
2016		9,540
Thereafter		902
Total	$	63,247

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 153,330,000	$ 136,051,000	$ 89,845,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	32,850,000	29,616,000	28,557,000
Japan customs expense	32,754,000	0	0
Foreign currency (gains)/losses	4,162,000	3,681,000	(1,966,000)
Stock-based compensation	15,450,000	10,835,000	9,989,000
Deferred taxes	108,000	(13,735,000)	12,350,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(5,890,000)	(6,649,000)	(7,043,000)
Inventories, net	2,415,000	(4,293,000)	9,740,000
Prepaid expenses and other	(4,690,000)	3,854,000	(3,850,000)
Other assets	(16,809,000)	(1,631,000)	(18,690,000)
Accounts payable	6,077,000	(568,000)	3,602,000
Accrued expenses	1,624,000	13,777,000	8,598,000
Other liabilities	2,934,000	16,945,000	2,812,000
Net cash provided by operating activities	224,315,000	187,883,000	133,944,000
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment	(41,809,000)	(53,783,000)	(20,215,000)
Proceeds on investment sales	6,634,000	0	0
Purchases of investments	(24,361,000)	0	0
Acquisition of LifeGen (Note 21)	(11,663,000)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(71,199,000)	(53,783,000)	(20,215,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of cash dividends	(36,638,000)	(31,189,000)	(29,006,000)
Repurchase of shares of common stock	(67,149,000)	(58,516,000)	(21,144,000)
Exercise of distributor and employee stock options	29,713,000	21,181,000	6,227,000
Income tax benefit of options exercised	12,059,000	6,908,000	1,101,000
Payments on long-term debt	(28,001,000)	(37,401,000)	(30,188,000)
Related party payment	(16,995,000)	0	0
Proceeds from long-term debt	0	30,000,000	0
Net cash used in financing activities	(107,011,000)	(69,017,000)	(73,010,000)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(3,468,000)	7,209,000	2,740,000
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	42,637,000	72,292,000	43,459,000
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	230,337,000	158,045,000	114,586,000
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$ 272,974,000	$ 230,337,000	$ 158,045,000

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

3.           Related Party Transactions

The Company leased corporate office and warehouse space from two entities that are owned by certain officers and directors of the Company.  Total lease payments to these two affiliated entities were $3.9 million, $3.6 million and none for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.  On December 30, 2010, the Company purchased the corporate office and warehouse space from these two affiliated entities for approximately $33.0 million.  Approximately $16.0 million was paid in cash and the remaining $17.0 million (see related party payable on the consolidated balance sheet) was paid in January 2011.

XML

Capital Stock (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			161 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2011
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	500,000,000	500,000,000		500,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001		$ 0.001
Weighted average share outstanding [Abstract]
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding (in shares)	62,066,000	62,370,000	63,333,000
Effect of dilutive securities: Stock awards and options (in shares)	2,480,000	2,177,000	963,000
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in shares)	64,546,000	64,547,000	64,296,000
Securities excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share	0	400,000	4,800,000
Common Class A [Member]
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Class A common stock repurchased	1,900,000	2,200,000	1,200,000	23,700,000
Aggregate price of repurchased stock	$ 67.1	$ 58.5	$ 21.1	$ 398.4
Increment authorized by the Company's board of directors under the stock repurchase program		150.0
Amount available for repurchases		$ 86.3
Preferred Stock [Member]
Preferred stock, authorized (in shares)	25,000,000			25,000,000
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001			$ 0.001
Common Class A [Member]
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	500,000,000			500,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001			$ 0.001
Number of votes class is entitled to	1			1
Common Class B [Member]
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	100,000,000			100,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001			$ 0.001
Number of votes class is entitled to	10			10

XML

Acquisition of LifeGen (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
Acquisition of LifeGen [Abstract]
Business acquisition, cost of acquired entity	$ 11.7
Patents, estimated life (in years)	17

XML

Restructuring Charges

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES [Abstract]

Restructuring Charges

20.           Restructuring Charges

During 2009, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $10.7 million, related to restructuring of its Japan operations, including an approximate 30% headcount reduction as well as facility relocations and closures.  $7.4 million related to severance payments to terminated employees and $3.3 million of these charges related to facility relocation or closing costs.  The majority of these severance charges were related to a voluntary employment reduction program.  The restructuring charges for facility relocation or closing costs related to costs incurred during 2009 for leases terminated in that period.

XML

Other Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2011
Deferred taxes	$	45,027	$	29,661
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases		14,261		15,559
Deposit for customs assessment (Note 21)		65,255		50,719
Other		20,717		19,646
	$	145,260	$	115,585

XML

Fair Value

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value [Abstract]

Fair Value

13.           Fair Value

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31, 2011
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	15,733	$                                       ─			$                                       ─		$	15,733
Forward contracts	─			(1,580	)	─			(1,580	)
Insurance company contracts	─		─				14,925		14,925
Total	$	15,733	$	(1,580	)	$	14,925	$	29,078

	Fair Value at December 31, 2010
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets (liabilities):
Cash equivalents	$	41,101	$                                       ─		$                                       ─		$	41,101
Forward contracts	─			45	─			45
Insurance company contracts	─		─			12,967		12,967
Total	$	41,101	$	45	$	12,967	$	54.113

The following methods and assumptions were used to determine the fair value of each class of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents primarily consist of highly rated money market funds with maturities of three months or less, and are purchased daily at par value with specified yield rates. Due to the high ratings and short-term nature of the funds, the Company considers all cash equivalents as Level I.

Forward contracts:  To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and practical.  These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates.

Insurance Company Contracts: ASC 820 preserves practicability exceptions to fair value measurements provided by other applicable GAAP. The guidance in ASC 715-30-35-60 allows a reporting entity, as a practical expedient, to use cash surrender value or conversion value as an expedient for fair value when it is present. Accordingly, the Company determines the fair value of its insurance company contracts as the cash-surrender value of life insurance policies held in its Rabbi Trust as disclosed in Note 16 “Executive Deferred Compensation Plan”.

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Company's Level 3 marketable securities (U.S. dollars in thousands):

	Insurance Company Contracts
Beginning balance at December 31, 2009	$	10,574
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		1,090
Purchases and issuances		2,197
Sales and settlements		(894	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2010	$	12,967
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		(365	)
Purchases and issuances		2,883
Sales and settlements		(560	)
Transfers into Level III	─
Ending balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,925